Federal Register proposed rules — 1996-04-15

issue-1996-04-15Federal Register proposed rules — 1996-04-15Proposed Regulation

Published Federal Register documents, not public-inspection drafts. The GPO XML/text rendition is a research aid; the linked complete official PDF retains the printed layout and all graphics. Graphics are retained in that PDF and are not independently reproduced in this text rendition. Publication does not establish that every provision remains legally in force.

FR Doc. 96-9319 Uniform Compliance Date for Food Labeling Regulations
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16422-16423]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9319]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

Food and Drug Administration

21 CFR Chapter I

[Docket No. 96N-0094]

Uniform Compliance Date for Food Labeling Regulations

AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS.

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is proposing to 
establish January 1, 1998, as its new uniform compliance date for all 
food labeling regulations that are issued after the publication of a 
final rule based on this proposal and before January 1, 1997. FDA 
periodically has announced uniform compliance dates for new food 
labeling requirements to minimize the economic impact of label changes. 
In 1992, FDA suspended this practice pending the issuance of 
regulations implementing the Nutrition Labeling and Education Act of 
1990 (the 1990 amendments). With the adoption and implementation of 
those regulations, FDA is proposing to establish a new uniform 
compliance date.

DATES: Written comments by July 1, 1996. FDA is proposing that January 
1, 1998, be the new uniform compliance date for food labeling 
regulations published after the publication of a final rule based on 
this proposal and before January 1, 1997, except as otherwise provided 
in individual regulations.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Gerad L. McCowin, Center for Food 
Safety and Applied Nutrition (HFS-150), Food and Drug Administration, 
200 C St. SW., Washington, DC 20204, 202-205-4561.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: FDA periodically issues regulations 
requiring changes in the labeling of packaged food. If these labeling 
changes were effective on separate dates, the cumulative economic 
impact on the food industry of frequent changes would be substantial. 
Therefore, the agency periodically has announced uniform compliance 
dates for new food labeling requirements (see, e.g., the Federal 
Register of October 19, 1984 (49 FR 41019)). Use of a uniform 
compliance date provides for an orderly and economical industry 
adjustment to new labeling requirements by allowing sufficient lead 
time to plan for the use of existing label inventories and the 
development of new labeling materials. This policy serves consumers' 
interests as well because the increased cost of multiple short-term 
label revisions that would otherwise occur would likely be passed on to 
consumers in the form of higher food prices.
    -The last uniform compliance date was January 1, 1993, which FDA 
established on January 4, 1990 (55 FR 276). The agency did not issue a 
new uniform compliance date in 1992 because of the pending issuance of 
a number of new final regulations implementing the 1990 amendments. The 
regulations implementing the 1990 amendments became effective May 8, 
1994.
    -The agency has tentatively decided to establish a new uniform 
compliance date of January 1, 1998. If adopted, this date will apply to 
all FDA regulations requiring changes in food labels, except where 
special circumstances require a different compliance date. The agency 
has tentatively selected January 1, 1998, to ensure that manufacturers 
have adequate time to make any changes in food labeling that may be 
required by FDA final regulations published after the publication of a 
final rule based on this proposal and before January 1, 1997.
    -The agency generally encourages industry to comply with new 
labeling regulations as quickly as is feasible, however. Thus, when 
industry members voluntarily change their labels, it is appropriate 
that they incorporate any new requirements that have been published as 
final regulations up to that time.
    -The uniform compliance date that FDA adopts in response to this 
proposal will apply to final FDA food labeling regulations published 
after its adoption and before January 1, 1997. Moreover, FDA will 
consider adopting a consistent effective date in any rulemakings in 
which it publishes a final rule before it completes the present 
proceeding.
    -Previously, FDA has established the uniform compliance date by 
issuance of a final rule without providing an opportunity for comment. 
Because of the passage of time since the agency had last established a 
uniform compliance date, the agency believes it appropriate to 
establish the new uniform compliance date of January 1, 1998, through 
the issuance of this notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity 
for comment. FDA intends, however, to return to its former practice of 
establishing uniform compliance dates through issuance of a final rule 
without the opportunity for comment. Thus, for example, on or before 
December 31, 1996, FDA intends to issue a final rule establishing 
January 1, 2000, as the uniform compliance date for regulations 
published in the Federal Register between January 1, 1997, and December 
31, 1998.
    The agency has determined under 21 CFR 25.24(a)(11) that this 
action is of a type that does not individually or cumulatively have a 
significant effect on the human environment. Therefore, neither an 
environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is 
required.
    -FDA has examined the impacts of the proposed rule under Executive 
Order 12866 and the Regulatory Flexibility Act (Pub. L. 96-354). 
Executive Order 12866 directs agencies to assess all costs and benefits 
of available regulatory alternatives and, when regulation is necessary, 
to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including 
potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other 
advantages; distributive impacts; and equity). The Regulatory 
Flexibility Act requires agencies to analyze regulatory options that 
would minimize any significant impact of a rule on small entities.
    -The agency estimates that this proposed rule would reduce costs by 
providing a uniform compliance date that will permit an orderly and 
economical industry adjustment to any new labeling requirements by 
allowing sufficient lead time to plan for the use of existing label 
inventories and the development of new labeling materials. Alternative 
approaches that FDA considered include setting a uniform compliance 
date such that firms have either more or less time to comply with 
labeling regulations. In general, providing a minimum compliance period 
of 2 years would be half as expensive as the proposed compliance

[[Page 16423]]

date, but it would delay implementation of labeling changes thus 
decreasing the value of any benefits. A minimum compliance period of 6 
months, although providing earlier labeling changes that would increase 
the value of the benefits, would be twice as expensive as the proposed 
1 year.
    -Therefore, the agency finds that the proposed rule is not a 
significant regulatory action as defined by the Executive Order. 
Similarly, the agency certifies that the proposed rule will not have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
Therefore, under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, no further analysis is 
required.
     -This proposed action is not intended to change existing 
requirements for compliance dates contained in final rules published 
before the publication of a final rule in this proceeding. Therefore, 
all final FDA regulations published in the Federal Register before 
April 15, 1996, that have effective dates other than January 1, 1998, 
will still go into effect on the date stated in the respective final 
rule.
    Interested persons may, on or before July 1, 1996, submit to the 
Dockets Management Branch (address above) written comments regarding 
this proposal. Two copies of any comments are to be submitted, except 
that individuals may submit one copy. Comments are to be identified 
with the docket number found in brackets in the heading of this 
document. Received comments may be seen in the office above between 9 
a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.

    Dated: April 10, 1996.
William K. Hubbard,
Associate Commissioner for Policy Coordination.
[FR Doc. 96-9319 Filed 4-10-96; 5:08 pm]
BILLING CODE 4160-01-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9318 Food Labeling; Extension of Comment Periods
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Page 16423]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9318]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
21 CFR Part 101

[Docket Nos. 95N-0282, 95N-0347, 95N-0245]

Food Labeling; Extension of Comment Periods

AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS.

ACTION: Proposed rules; extension of comment periods.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that it 
is extending to June 10, 1996, the comment periods for certain proposed 
regulations regarding food labeling that appeared in the Federal 
Register of December 28, 1995. This action is being taken in response 
to several requests for brief extensions of the comment periods on 
these documents.

DATES: Comments by June 10, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit written comments to the Dockets Management Branch 
(HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, rm. 1-23, 12420 Parklawn Dr., 
Rockville, MD 20857. Two copies of any comments are to be submitted, 
except that individuals may submit one copy. Comments should be 
identified with the appropriate docket number found in brackets in the 
heading of this document. Received comments may be seen in the office 
above between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Camille Brewer, Center for Food Safety 
and Applied Nutrition (HFS-165), Food and Drug Administration, 200 C 
St. SW., Washington, DC 20204, 202-205-5966, or Susan Thompson (address 
above), 202-205-5587.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In the Federal Register of December 28, 
1995, FDA published the following proposed rules:
    (1) Food Labeling; Requirements for Nutrient Content Claims, Health 
Claims, and Statements of Nutritional Support for Dietary Supplements 
(Docket No. 95N-0282 (see 60 FR 67176));
    (2) Food Labeling; Nutrient Content Claims: Definition for ``High 
Potency'' Claim for Dietary Supplements and Definition of 
``Antioxidant'' for Use in Nutrient Content Claims for Dietary 
Supplements and Conventional Foods (Docket No. 95N-0347 (see 60 FR 
67184)); and
    (3) Food Labeling; Statement of Identity, Nutrition Labeling and 
Ingredient Labeling of Dietary Supplements (Docket No. 95N-0245 (see 60 
FR 67194)).
    Interested persons were given until March 13, 1996, to comment on 
the proposals. FDA received several requests for brief extensions of 
the comment periods to properly respond to the proposals. After careful 
consideration, FDA decided to extend the comment periods to April 11, 
1996 (61 FR 11349, March 20, 1996). FDA placed a memorandum, dated 
March 13, 1996, that reflected that decision in each of the referenced 
dockets.
    During the extended comment period, FDA has received additional 
requests for longer extensions of the comment periods. The dietary 
supplement industry has stated that it is conducting consumer research 
to determine how consumers perceive nutrition label terms and what 
label approaches are most usable by average consumers. Having carefully 
considered these requests, the agency has decided to grant a further 
extension of the comment period until June 10, 1996.
    This extension will mean that it will be extremely difficult for 
the agency to publish final rules and the industry to comply with these 
final rules before the January 1, 1997 compliance date established in 
the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act (the DSHEA). Given this 
fact, FDA is now considering exercising its enforcement discretion with 
respect to the DSHEA such that it will not enforce the provisions of 
the DSHEA until January 1, 1998, which coincides with the next uniform 
compliance date for food labeling regulations that FDA is proposing 
elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register. FDA requests comments 
on this use of its enforcement discretion.

    Dated: April 10, 1996.
William K. Hubbard,
Associate Commissioner for Policy Coordination.
[FR Doc. 96-9318 Filed 4-10-96; 5:08 pm]
BILLING CODE 4160-01-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9240 Examination of Current Policy Concerning the Treatment of Confidential Information Submitted to the Commission
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16424-16432]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9240]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

47 CFR Part 0

[GC Docket No. 96-55, FCC 96-109]

Examination of Current Policy Concerning the Treatment of 
Confidential Information Submitted to the Commission

AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Commission has adopted a Notice of Inquiry and a Notice of 
Proposed Rulemaking to begin a proceeding to evaluate its practices and 
policies concerning the treatment of competitively sensitive 
information that has been provided to the Commission. The Commission's 
objective is to develop a policy that will guide it in evaluating an 
increasing number of requests that it afford confidential treatment to 
information that has been provided to it by regulated entities and 
others. The central issue that confronts the Commission is how to avoid 
unnecessary competitive harm that could be caused by the disclosures of 
such information and still fulfill its regulatory duties in a manner 
that is efficient and fair to the parties and members of the public who 
have an interest in its proceedings.

DATES: Comments are due on or before June 14, 1996 and Reply comments 
are due on or before July 15, 1996.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Joel Kaufman, Office of General 
Counsel, (202) 418-1720.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The complete text of this Notice of Inquiry 
and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is available for inspection and 
copying during normal business hours in the FCC Reference Center (room 
239), 1919 M Street, NW., Washington, DC, and also may be purchased 
from the Commission's copy contractor, International Transcription 
Service at (202) 857-3800, 2100 M Street, NW., Suite 140, Washington, 
DC 20037.

Synopsis

I. Background

A. Authority To Disclose and Withhold Competitively Sensitive 
Information

1. Freedom of Information Act

    1. Under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552, the 
Commission is required to disclose reasonably described agency records 
requested by any person, unless the records contain information that 
fits within one or more of the nine exemptions from disclosure provided 
in the Act. For the purposes of this proceeding, the most important of 
the FOIA exemptions is commonly referred to Exemption 4. Exemption 4 
provides that the government need not disclose ``trade secrets and 
commercial or financial information obtained from a person and 
privileged or confidential.'' 5 U.S.C. Sec. 552(b)(4).
    2. For many years, the applicable standard for whether commercial 
or financial information was ``confidential'' under Exemption 4 of FOIA 
was set forth in National Parks and Conservation Association v. Morton, 
498 F.2d 765 (D.C. Cir. 1974). In National Parks, the Court set forth a 
two-part test, stating that ``[c]ommercial or financial matter is 
`confidential' * * * if disclosure of the information is likely * * * 
either * * * (1) to impair the Government's ability to obtain necessary 
information in the future; or (2) to cause substantial harm to the 
competitive position of the person from whom the information was 
obtained.'' Id. at 770. In Critical Mass Energy Project v. Nuclear 
Regulatory Commission, 975 F.2d 871 (D.C. Cir. 1992), cert. denied, 113 
S.Ct. 1579 (1993), the court limited National Parks to situations where 
a party must submit information to a federal agency. Under Critical 
Mass, ``financial or commercial information provided to the Government 
on a voluntary basis is `confidential' for the purpose of Exemption 4 
if it is of a kind that would customarily not be released to the public 
by the person from whom it was obtained.'' Id. at 879.

2. The Trade Secrets Act and Commission Authority To Disclose Exemption 
4 Records

    3. While FOIA Exemption 4 allows an agency to withhold business 
competitive information from public disclosure, the Trade Secrets Act, 
18 U.S.C. 1905, acts as an affirmative restraint on an agency's ability 
to release such information. It states:

    Whoever, being an officer or employee of the United States or of 
any department or

[[Page 16425]]

agency thereof, * * * publishes, divulges, discloses, or makes known 
in any manner or to any extent not authorized by law any information 
coming to him in the course of his employment or official duties * * 
* [that] concerns or relates to the trade secrets, processes, 
operations, style of work, or apparatus * * * shall be fined not 
more than $1000, or imprisoned not more than one year, or both; and 
shall be removed from office or employment.

18 U.S.C. 1905 (emphasis added).
    4. In Chrysler Corp. v. Brown, 441 U.S. 281 (1979), the Supreme 
Court discussed the relationship between the Trade Secrets Act and 
Exemption 4 as follows:

    Although there is a theoretical possibility that material might 
be outside Exemption 4 yet within the substantive provisions of [the 
Trade Secrets Act] * * * that possibility is at most of limited 
practical significance in view of the similarity of language between 
Exemption 4 and the substantive provisions of [the Trade Secrets 
Act].

Id. at 319 n. 49. Thus, if information may be withheld under Exemption 
4, the agency is barred from disclosing it by the terms of the Trade 
Secrets Act unless the disclosure is otherwise authorized by law.
    5. Sections 0.457(d)(1) and 0.457(d)(2)(i) of the Commission's 
rules, 47 CFR Secs. 0.457(d)(1), 0.457(d)(2)(i), constitute the 
requisite legal authorization for disclosure of competitively sensitive 
information under the Trade Secrets Act. These rules permit disclosure 
of trade secrets and commercial or financial information upon a 
``persuasive showing'' of the reasons in favor of the information's 
release.
    5. The Commission's legal authority to adopt a rule that permits 
disclosure of materials covered by the Trade Secrets Act is grounded in 
Section 4(j) of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. Sec. 4(j). In Federal 
Communications Commission v. Schreiber, 381 U.S. 279, 291-92 (1965), 
the Supreme Court expressly addressed the Commission's authority under 
that Section, noting: ``Grants of agency authority comparable in scope 
to Sec. 4(j) [of the Communications Act] have been held to authorize 
public disclosure of information, or receipt of data in confidence, as 
the agency may determine to be proper upon a balancing of the public 
and private interests involved.''
B. Review of Commission's Policies Governing Disclosure

1. Commission Rules and Procedures

    6. The Commission has adopted general rules to implement the 
provisions of the FOIA. Section 0.457(d) of the Commission's Rules, 47 
CFR Sec. 0.457(d), implements FOIA Exemption 4. Quoting Exemption 4, it 
provides that records not routinely available for public inspection 
include ``[t]rade secrets and commercial or financial information 
obtained from any person and privileged or confidential.'' Section 
0.457 of the Commission's rules also provides that certain categories 
materials listed therein are deemed to be within Exemption 4 and 
therefore are ``not routinely available for public inspection.'' Such 
Exemption 4 materials may not be disclosed by Commission employees 
unless an appropriate request for inspection is made and, after 
weighing the considerations favoring disclosure and non-disclosure, the 
Commission determines that a ``persuasive showing'' has been made to 
warrant disclosure. 47 CFR Secs. 0.451(b)(5), 0.457(d)(1); 
0.457(d)(2)(i); 0.461(f)(4).
    7. Any person submitting information or materials to the Commission 
not falling within the specific categories set forth in Section 0.457 
may also request on an ad hoc basis that such information not be made 
routinely available for public inspection under Exemption 4. Each such 
request must contain a statement of the reasons for withholding the 
materials from inspection and of the facts upon which those reasons are 
based. A request that information not be made routinely available for 
public inspection will be granted if it presents by a preponderance of 
the evidence a case for non-disclosure consistent with the provisions 
of FOIA. 47 CFR Sec. 0.459(b). If a request that materials not be 
routinely available for public inspection is granted, the material will 
be treated the same as those categories of information presumed not 
routinely available for public disclosure. 47 CFR Sec. 0.459(h). The 
Commission's rules also contain procedures to protect the 
confidentiality of information until administrative and judicial 
appeals procedures have been completed. 47 CFR Sec. 0.459(g).

2. General Policies Regarding Disclosure of Exemption 4 Records

    8. As indicated above, the Commission's rules provide for the 
disclosure of Exemption 4 material if a ``persuasive showing is made.'' 
The Commission generally has exercised its discretion to release FOIA 
Exemption 4 information only in very limited circumstances such as 
where a party placed its financial condition at issue in a Commission 
proceeding or where the Commission has identified a compelling public 
interest in disclosure. See e.g., The Western Union Telegraph Company, 
2 FCC Rcd 4485, 4487 (1987) (citing Kannapolis Television Co., 80 FCC 
2d 307 (1980)); MCI Telecommunications Corporation, 58 RR 2d 187 
(1985). In determining whether a public interest in the privacy of 
proprietary business data exists, the Commission has adhered to a 
policy whereby it ``will not authorize the disclosure of confidential 
financial information on the mere chance that it might be helpful, but 
insists upon a showing that the information is a necessary link in a 
chain of evidence that will resolve a public interest issue.'' E.g., 
Classical Radio for Connecticut, Inc., 69 FCC 2d 1517, 1520 n.4 (1978).

3. The Protective Order Approach

    9. In recent years, the Commission also has increasingly relied on 
special remedies such as redaction,1 aggregated data or 
summaries,2 and protective orders 3 to balance the interests 
in disclosure and the interests in preserving the confidentiality of 
competitively sensitive materials. In particular, the Commission has 
refined the manner in which it releases confidential information by 
relying more frequently on protective orders or agreements. Protective 
orders or agreements essentially require parties to whom confidential 
information is made available to limit the persons who will have access 
to the information and the purposes for which the information will be 
used. Disclosure under a protective order or agreement may serve the 
dual purpose of protecting competitively

[[Page 16426]]

valuable information while still permitting limited disclosure for a 
specific public purpose. Cincinnati, 10 FCC Rcd at 10575; Hawaii, 10 
FCC Rcd at 2366. While protective orders permit the Commission to make 
confidential information available on a limited basis while minimizing 
the competitive harm that might ensue from widespread disclosure, the 
Commission is mindful of the fact that extensive reliance on protective 
orders may also impose burdens on the public and the Commission. See 
e.g., Motorola Satellite Communications Inc., 7 FCC Rcd 5062, 5064 
(1992) (quoting Letter of Thomas P Stanley, Chief Engineer (June 3, 
1992)).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Allnet Communications Services, Inc., 8 FCC Rcd 5629, 5630 
(1993) (withholding from public release some redacted material 
provided to the parties under a protective order, but releasing 
other redacted material that did not contain confidential 
information).
    \2\ Id. (finding certain averaged data not to be competitively 
sensitive); Bellsouth Corp., 8 FCC Rcd 8129, 8130 (1993) (releasing 
summary of audit findings despite claim of confidentiality since 
summary nature of information significantly diminished the 
likelihood of competitive harm).
    \3\ See, e.g., Cincinnati Bell Telephone Co. (``Cincinnati''), 
10 FCC Rcd 10574 (Com. Car. Bur. 1995); Petition of Public Utilities 
Commission, State of Hawaii, for Authority to Extend its Rate 
Regulation of Commercial Mobile Radio Services in the State of 
Hawaii (``Hawaii''), 10 FCC Rcd 2359 and 10 FCC Rcd 2881 (Wireless 
Bur. 1995); In re Applications of Craig O. McCaw, Transferor, and 
American Telephone and Telegraph Company, Transferee, for Consent to 
the Transfer of Control of McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc. and 
its Subsidiaries, 9 FCC Rcd 2610 (Com. Car. Bur. 1994); Commission 
Requirements for Cost Support Material to be Filed with Open Network 
Architecture Access Tariffs (``Open Network Architecture''), 7 FCC 
Rcd 1526 (Com. Car. Bur. 1992), aff'd, 9 FCC Rcd 180 (1993); 
Motorola Satellite Communications, Inc. Request for Pioneer's 
Preference to Establish a Low-Earth Orbit Satellite System in the 
1610-1626.5 MHz Band (``Motorola''), 7 FCC Rcd 5062 (1992).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

II. Issues for Comment

A. General Issues
    10. The Commission's policies implementing its rules governing 
confidentiality affect both the competitive nature of the 
telecommunications industry and performance of the Commission's public 
responsibilities. The Commission has long been sensitive to the concern 
that fulfillment of its regulatory responsibilities does not result in 
unnecessary disclosure of confidential information that places 
Commission regulatees at an unfair competitive disadvantage. In that 
respect, we recognize that the ``private'' interests of regulatees in 
ensuring their own competitive vitality generally coincide with the 
public interest in promoting a robust and competitive 
telecommunications market. Further, allowing confidential submission 
increases the willingness of holders of confidential information to 
provide that information to the Commission and, even where submission 
is mandatory, often avoids the burden and delay of invoking such 
mandatory means. For these reasons, the Commission's policy has been to 
avoid disclosures of confidential information except where necessary to 
the effective performance of its regulatory duties and to employ 
protective orders where appropriate.
    11. At the same time, allowing confidential submission necessarily 
decreases the amount of information publicly available to facilitate 
public participation in the regulatory process. Public participation in 
Commission proceedings cannot be effective unless meaningful 
information is made available to the interested persons. As noted, in 
recent years, the Commission also has relied more frequently on 
protective orders and agreements. Protective orders and agreements have 
the advantage of permitting the release--albeit on a limited basis--of 
more information than would be possible without them, given our 
obligations to protect trade secrets and commercial or financial 
information. On the other hand, protective orders are inconvenient and 
sometimes cumbersome and increase the administrative burdens on the 
Commission and those subject to them. In addition, protective orders 
may make it less likely that the Commission will receive a diversity of 
public comment on the protected materials. Given the Commission's 
obligation to balance these concerns, we therefore seek comment whether 
the Commission should adopt additional policies or rules governing the 
treatment of information submitted to the Commission in confidence.
    12. Specifically, we seek comment on the standard in the 
Commission's current rules that permits disclosure of trade secrets and 
confidential commercial or financial information upon a ``persuasive 
showing'' of the reasons in favor of the information's release. See 47 
CFR Sec. 0.457(d)(1), (d)(2)(i). We ask commenters to address whether 
this continues to be the appropriate standard or whether the Commission 
should adopt some other standard. Assuming we retain this standard, we 
seek comment on what should constitute a ``persuasive showing'' of the 
reasons in favor of the information's release. As discussed in more 
detail below, we also ask comment on standards that should apply in 
particular types of Commission proceedings.
    13. We also seek comment on whether the Commission's current 
approach to the use of protective orders is the appropriate approach or 
whether the Commission should adopt some other approach. Advantages and 
disadvantages of the current approach should be discussed. We 
specifically request comment on any problems or burdens that commenters 
perceive with the current protective order approach and ways in which 
these problems or burdens might be minimized. Commenters should also 
address whether the Commission's willingness to release confidential 
information subject to a protective order reduces submitters 
willingness to voluntarily submit information to the Commission. And, 
we seek comment on whether the use of protective orders unduly 
interferes with the Commission's ability to obtain public comment or 
with the public's right to know what actions the Commission is taking 
and why it is taking them.
    14. As a related matter, we note that a recent D.C. Circuit opinion 
suggests that the Commission may have the option of releasing all or 
part of an order under seal. SBC Communications, Inc. v. FCC, 56 F.3d 
1484, 1492 (D.C. Cir. 1995). We seek comment whether it is appropriate 
for the Commission to draft a decision that relies on confidential data 
(or data disclosed pursuant to protective order) without publicly 
revealing the information. If the Commission determines that the data 
is necessary to support the order, should the Commission place the 
relevant order under seal or should the information lose protected 
status at this point?
    15. Commenters also are invited to address and comment on any other 
issues relating to the Commission's policies and rules governing 
confidential treatment of information submitted to the Commission.
B. Model Protective Order
    16. As discussed, release of confidential information under a 
protective order or agreement can often serve to resolve the conflict 
between safeguarding competitively sensitive information and allowing 
interested parties the opportunity to fully respond to assertions put 
forth by the submitter of confidential information. We seek comment as 
to whether it would be helpful for the Commission to develop a standard 
form protective order that could then be modified as appropriate to fit 
the circumstances of particular cases. We have supplied, as an 
Attachment to this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, a draft model 
protective order. We look forward to receiving comments on this draft 
order, and in particular what modifications need to be made to make it 
suitable to the varied types of Commission proceedings in which issues 
of confidentiality arise.
    17. We also seek comment on what procedures the Commission should 
use to resolve disputes about the issuance and content of protective 
orders and how to ensure compliance with them. We are especially 
interested in whether commenters believe that our rules should be 
amended to address such issues directly.
C. Issues That Arise With Respect to Specific Types of FCC Proceedings
    18. As indicated above, we also seek comment on whether different 
standards should apply for various categories of proceedings with 
respect to (i) what constitutes a ``persuasive showing'' of the reasons 
in favor of confidential information's release and (ii) what, if any, 
protective conditions we should place upon released material and 
whether this should vary depending on the nature of a proceeding.

[[Page 16427]]

Specifically, we seek comment on whether the Commission should apply 
different disclosure policies to rulemakings, licensing proceedings, 
tariff proceedings and perhaps other categories of proceedings. For 
example, we seek comment on whether the Commission should require 
public disclosure of information without protective orders in some 
types of Commission proceedings even though that information is within 
FOIA Exemption 4. Specific issues that arise in connection with various 
types of proceedings are discussed below. In addition, we request 
comments on whether special disclosure policies should apply to other 
categories of proceedings, not specifically mentioned below, and, if 
so, what those procedures should be.

1. Title III Licensing Proceedings

    19. Section 309 of the Communications Act provides that the 
Commission must allow at least 30 days following issuance of a public 
notice of certain radio license applications for interested parties to 
file petitions to deny an application. 47 U.S.C. 309(b), (d)(1). 
Section 309 thus contemplates that interested members of the public 
will have a full opportunity to challenge the grant of license 
applications. In addition, relevant case law indicates generally that 
petitioners to deny must be afforded access to all information 
submitted by licensees that bear upon their applications. See, e.g., 
Bilingual Bicultural Coalition on Mass Media, Inc. v. FCC, 595 F.2d 
621, 634 (D.C. Cir. 1978) (en banc).
    20. We seek comment on whether the fact that the statutory scheme 
expressly contemplates public participation in Title III license 
application proceedings makes it inappropriate to withhold information 
filed in such proceedings from routine public disclosure. In this 
regard, we note that Commission rules currently specify that broadcast 
and other Title III license applications are routinely available for 
public inspection. See 47 CFR Secs. 0.453, 0.455. Nevertheless, 
applicants do sometimes request confidential treatment pursuant to 
Section 0.459 of our rules for information submitted with their 
applications in both contested and uncontested application proceedings. 
In light of the special issues regarding public participation that 
arise in Section 309 proceedings, we therefore seek comment on whether 
our general policy should be to discourage submission of confidential 
information in the application context but still to leave the 
Commission some discretion to use protective orders where it seems 
warranted. Or, is it appropriate to adopt a general policy with regard 
to licensing proceedings, permitting disclosure of trade secrets and 
commercial or financial information only pursuant to protective orders?
    21. If the Commission were to adopt a policy favoring the use of 
protective orders in licensing proceedings, we assume that petitioners 
would be given an opportunity to supplement their petitions to deny 
after reviewing the protected material. We also seek comment on whether 
members of the public should be afforded access to such protected 
material (pursuant to protective orders) in order to enable them to 
determine whether they wish to file petitions to deny. Would such 
policies tend to unduly delay Commission action on license 
applications? We also seek comment on whether it is ever appropriate to 
withhold from release entirely some Exemption 4 information, as has 
sometimes been done in the context of licensing proceedings and if so 
what standard should be used. See e.g., Application of Mobile 
Communications Holdings, Inc. for Authority to Construct the ELLIPSO 
Elliptical Orbit Mobile Satellite System, 10 FCC Rcd 1547, 1548 (Int'l 
Bur. 1994) (declining to release, even under protective order, detailed 
cost and pricing information of applicant for a license). Finally, we 
seek comment on whether different policies apply to different 
categories of material. For example, commenters should address whether 
our policy would be to use protective orders in licensing proceedings 
only in instances in which the material in question satisfies the trade 
secrets or ``substantial competitive harm'' prongs of Exemption 4 and 
to require public disclosure in all other cases in which the Exemption 
is invoked.

2. Tariff Proceedings

    22. Section 203 of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. 203, requires 
that common carriers file and maintain tariffs with the Commission. 
Section 204, 47 U.S.C. 204, gives the Commission the authority to 
review tariffs for lawfulness, which involves, among other things, a 
determination of whether the tariff is just and reasonable pursuant to 
Section 201(b), 47 U.S.C. 201(b), and is not unjustly discriminatory 
pursuant to Section 202, 47 U.S.C. 202. The Commission has adopted 
rules specifying what support materials carriers must file to enable it 
to carry out its tariff review authority. See 47 CFR Secs. 61.38, 
61.49. Pursuant to Section 0.455(b)(11) of the Commission's rules, 47 
CFR Sec. 0.455(b)(11), cost support data are routinely available for 
public inspection.
    23. The Commission has generally made tariff support material 
publicly available. See, e.g., Cincinnati, 10 FCC Rcd at 10575. It has 
departed from this policy only in a few limited circumstances, for 
example, to protect third-party vendor data where the data were made 
available subject to a protective agreement. See Letter from Kathleen 
M.H. Wallman to Jonathan E. Canis, et al., 9 FCC Rcd 6495 (Com. Car. 
Bur. 1994) (denying unrestricted access to cost support data filed in 
connection with virtual collocation tariff, but allowing access 
pursuant to protective order), application for review pending. 
Recently, a number of carriers have filed requests for confidential 
treatment of their cost support data with their tariff transmittals. 
This presents a number of problems during the tariff review process. 
The maximum period for tariff review is defined by statute. The 
Commission has a maximum of one hundred and twenty days to determine 
the lawfulness of the tariff transmittal. See 47 U.S.C. 203(b)(2); 47 
CFR Sec. 61.58(a)(2). The tariff goes into effect on its effective date 
unless the Commission issues an order rejecting or suspending and 
investigating the tariff. 47 U.S.C. 204. Section 402(b) of the 
Telecommunications Act of 1996 provides that, effective one year after 
enactment, a local exchange carrier may file charges, classifications, 
regulations or practices on a streamlined basis, which shall be 
effective 7 days (in the case of a reduction in rates) or 15 days (in 
the case of an increase in rates) after the date on which they are 
filed unless the Commission takes action before the end of the period.
    24. A request for confidential treatment may not be resolved within 
the 120 day statutory time frame established for the tariff review 
process under current law, especially if a ruling is appealed. A 
request for confidentiality is unlikely to be resolved under the 7 or 
15 day time frame that is to become effective for streamlined local 
exchange carrier filings under the Telecommunications Act of 1996. We 
therefore seek comment on how to resolve a request for confidentiality 
made in the context of the tariff review process. One possibility that 
takes account of the statutory time frame for the tariff review process 
is to require that carriers file any confidential information first, 
independent of the filing of the tariff transmittal. Under this 
alternative, the tariff filing could not be made until the request for 
confidentiality was resolved.

[[Page 16428]]

Commenters should also address whether we should continue to make 
exceptions to the Commission's rule requiring such data to be made 
publicly available. In this regard, we seek comment on how petitioners 
will be able to formulate meaningful objections to the proposed tariff 
rates, terms and conditions, often a critical part of the tariff review 
process, if they are unable to review all support material prior to the 
date that petitions are due. One possible solution is to develop a 
generic protective agreement that parties can use to protect the 
information during the tariff review process.
    25. Commenters also should address whether different disclosure 
policies should apply to different phases of the tariff review process. 
Specifically, should different disclosure policies be applied to the 
tariff review and tariff investigation stages? Actions denying 
petitions to suspend or reject tariffs, thereby allowing a tariff to go 
into effect, are considered non-final, non-judicially reviewable 
actions because a party can seek further redress by filing a formal 
complaint pursuant to Section 208 of the Act. In contrast, a tariff set 
for investigation is assigned a docket number and a pleading cycle is 
established providing for direct cases, comments and replies. At the 
conclusion of the investigation, the Commission issues an order which 
is subject to judicial review. Therefore since decisions to allow 
tariffs to go into effect are non-reviewable, non-final orders, should 
the Commission's policies focus on the need for disclosure to 
petitioners (whether or not pursuant to protective orders) primarily in 
instances in which a particular tariff has been set for investigation?

3. Rulemaking Proceedings

    26. Section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), 5 
U.S.C. 551 et seq., generally requires notice and an opportunity to 
comment before promulgation of a final agency rule. An agency's 
decision to withhold information in the context of a rulemaking can 
have a significant impact on whether meaningful notice and opportunity 
to comment on the bases of an agency's decision have been given. In 
addition, issues arise to the extent that an agency relies on 
information that has not been made available to commenters. For these 
reasons, the Commission generally has not afforded confidential 
treatment to material submitted in rulemakings, although it has on rare 
occasions utilized protective orders or agreements in the context of 
rulemakings. Rulemakings also may create special problems for use of 
protective orders, however, because a large number of commenters may be 
involved. On the other hand, a blanket refusal to apply protective 
orders in the context of rulemakings might cause the Commission to have 
access to less information than if it used protective orders. We seek 
comment on these issues as well as the general issue of whether it is 
ever appropriate to withhold competitively sensitive information filed 
in rulemaking proceedings from routine public disclosure. We note that 
the Commission has the option of refusing to consider information in a 
rulemaking that is submitted along with a request for confidentiality.

4. Requests for Special Relief and Waivers

    27. Parties affected by our rules have the right to seek special 
relief from the rules' scope or waiver of these rules. In certain 
cases, parties may base their request for relief upon--or otherwise put 
into issue--information that is confidential. This information may 
include financial information explaining cash flow, profitability, or 
bankruptcy problems, or corporate or partnership structure designed to 
demonstrate insulation from control or interest. For example, in 
various cable television special relief proceedings, a party may seek 
relief based on severe financial difficulties, or upon corporate or 
partnership structure and insulation from control. See 47 CFR 
Sec. 76.7(a) (cable petitions for special relief). We seek comment on 
whether and under what circumstances it is appropriate to withhold 
information filed in such proceedings from routine public disclosure, 
particularly when the information is potentially decisional to a point 
placed in issue by the party seeking to withhold such information and 
may have precedential value for future cases.

5. Formal Complaints

    28. Section 208 of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. Sec. 208, 
permits any party to bring before the Commission a complaint against a 
common carrier for acts or omissions in violation of either the Act or 
a Commission rule or order. Our rules, in turn, establish both informal 
and formal procedures for handling such complaints. 47 CFR Sec. 1.711 
et seq. Confidentiality issues frequently arise in formal complaint 
proceedings, especially in connection with discovery. See 47 CFR 
Sec. 1.731; see also Amendment of Rules Governing Procedures to Be 
Followed When Formal Complaints Are Filed Against Common Carriers, 58 
FR 25569 (1993), 8 FCC Rcd 2614, 2621-22 (1993).
    29. We ask commenters to consider the most effective means of 
balancing our sometimes conflicting obligations to ensure protection of 
proprietary business data, to prevent undue delay in resolving formal 
complaints, and to produce decisions that adequately explain, by 
reference to a specific record, the basis for our disposition of a 
complaint. For instance, in some cases, a factually and legally sound 
decision cannot be drafted without referring to information subject to 
a claim of confidentiality. The particular information deemed by the 
staff as necessary for resolution may be only a small portion of 
voluminous materials that are subject to a protective order and 
provided to the Commission in confidence. Thus, considerable time might 
be necessary for the staff to examine all materials subject to claims 
of confidentiality and rule on those claims. If the staff were to rule 
on the confidentiality of only the particular information determined to 
be decisionally significant, however, this ruling might prematurely 
indicate to the parties the staff's recommendation for Commission or 
Bureau disposition of the complaint. In either instance, the complaint 
process could be delayed by administrative and judicial appeals of a 
confidentiality ruling. We ask commenters to consider whether any such 
delays and burden on Commission resources could or should be mitigated 
by issuing parts of adjudicatory decisions that rely on confidential 
information under seal. We seek comment on whether such a procedure 
would serve the public interest, given that complaint cases--although 
adjudications of disputes between particular parties--may result in 
rulings that indirectly, through the establishment of precedent, 
determine the legality of the practices of non-parties. We welcome 
suggestions as to how we can preserve the broad utility of the formal 
complaint process to elucidate the Commission's judgments regarding 
carrier conduct without either compromising sensitive business data or 
miring complaint proceedings in protracted peripheral disputes 
involving confidentiality.

6. Audits

    30. The Commission has a statutory right of access to all accounts, 
records and memoranda, including all documents, papers, and 
correspondence kept or required to be kept by common carriers. 47 
U.S.C. 220(c). The detailed financial and commercial information

[[Page 16429]]

inspected during an audit is generally sensitive in nature and is not 
customarily released to the public. This fact is highlighted by section 
Sec. 220(f) of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. Sec. 220(f), which 
expressly prohibits the release of information gathered during an audit 
absent a Commission or court order. The Commission has held that the 
public disclosure of data gathered in an audit is likely to impair its 
future ability to obtain such data because while the Commission could 
rely on compulsory measures to obtain the desired materials, such 
measures would involve significant expense and delay. J. David Stoner, 
5 FCC Rcd 6458, 6459 (1990); Martha H. Platt, 5 FCC Rcd 5742, 5743 
(1990); Scott J Rafferty, 5 FCC Rcd 4138, 4138 (1990); Western Union 
Telegraph Co., 2 FCC Rcd 4485, 4486 (1987).
    31. The Commission has departed from its general policy and 
publicly released audit reports only in extraordinary circumstances 
when (i) the summary nature of the data contained in a particular 
report is not likely to cause the providing carrier substantial 
competitive injury, (ii) the release of the summary data and 
information is not likely to impair our ability to obtain information 
in future audits and (iii) overriding public interest concerns favor 
release of the report. See Bell Telephone Operating Companies, FCC 94-
418 (released Oct. 17, 1995); see also, e.g., Bell Communications 
Research, Inc, 7 FCC Rcd 891 (1992); BellSouth Corp., 8 FCC Rcd 8129, 
8130 (1990). In the past, we have normally allowed submitters to 
request confidentiality for such data and have dealt with such requests 
on a case-by-case basis, consistent with the applicable standards in 
FOIA. See id. We seek comment on whether we should continue to follow 
this policy and on whether and in what circumstances information 
gathered during an audit should be released even under a protective 
order.

7. Surveys and Studies.

    32. The Commission has authority to conduct studies and surveys 
needed to fulfill its regulatory functions. See, e.g., 47 U.S.C. 403. 
Unlike information submitted in support of a specific regulatory action 
involving the submitting entity, surveys may request information from a 
broad category of regulated entities who are only submitting data 
because they were selected as part of a survey sample. Because these 
studies may involve the submission of information deemed competitively 
sensitive by responding entities, we seek comment on standards that 
should be applied to protect the confidentiality of information 
submitted in this context. We also seek comment regarding the treatment 
of such information when the information is used ultimately in the 
development of Commission rules or policies.
D. Scope of Materials Not Routinely Available for Public Inspection
    33. The need for and burdens associated with protective orders are 
necessarily affected by the amount of information eligible for 
protected status. Accordingly, we seek comment on several issues raised 
by our current rules on materials not routinely available for public 
release.
    34. Categories of Materials that are not Routinely Available for 
Public Inspection. Section 0.457(d) of our rules, 47 CFR Sec. 0.457(d), 
contains a list of categories of materials that are not routinely 
available for public inspection and as such do not require a request 
for such treatment under Section 0.459, 47 CFR Sec. 0.459. To the 
extent it is possible to define broad categories of information that 
should not be routinely available for public inspection, we can reduce 
administrative burdens on the Commission and submitters. On the other 
hand, over-inclusive categories would not be consistent with the 
presumption FOIA creates in favor of disclosure. We seek comment 
whether the current list of materials that are not routinely available 
for public inspection is appropriate or whether the list ought to be 
expanded or contracted.
    35. Substantiating Confidentiality Claims. Section 0.461(a) of the 
Commission's confidentiality regulations, 47 CFR Sec. 0.461(a), 
provides that a person submitting information or materials to the 
Commission may request that the information not be made routinely 
available to the public. Section 0.461(b), 47 CFR Sec. 0.461(b), 
requires that each such request contain a statement of the reasons for 
withholding the materials from inspection and of the facts upon which 
those reasons are based. Because the Commission sometimes receives 
frivolous or unsubstantiated requests for confidentiality, we seek 
comment on whether the Commission should establish a policy or rule 
specifying more explicitly types of information that should be provided 
to comply with Section 0.461(b).
    36. Information that the submitter could be required to provide to 
substantiate requests for confidentiality might include:
    (1) What portion of the information the submitter believes is 
entitled to confidential treatment;
    (2) The length of time for which confidential treatment is desired;
    (3) Measures taken by the business to prevent undesired disclosure 
to others;
    (4) The extent to which the information has already been disclosed 
to others;
    (5) Specific information showing the degree to which the 
information concerns a service that is subject to competition; and
    (6) Specific information concerning why disclosure would result in 
substantial harmful effects to the business' competitive position.
    37. Establishing a policy specifying what types of information 
should be provided to comply with Section 0.461(b) might be beneficial 
for several reasons. First, it would enable the Commission to deal in a 
more efficient fashion with requests that materials not be made 
routinely available to the public and with requests to release 
materials not made routinely available to the public. For example, even 
though our rules provide for seeking confidential treatment for only 
portions of documents when other portions of documents are 
nonconfidential, 47 CFR Sec. 0.459(a), submitters frequently assert an 
entire submission as confidential, even though many documents are not 
composed entirely of confidential business information. When the 
Commission is dealing with masses of data from multiple submitters, 
uncertainty as to what specific confidentiality claims are being 
asserted can be a significant barrier to efficient action. In addition, 
a policy specifying what types of information should be provided to 
comply with Section 0.461(b) might help reduce those confidentiality 
claims made as a matter of course and induce submitters to be more 
selective in their confidentiality claims. We seek comment on these 
benefits and on whether more precise substantiation requirements might 
burden a submitter's assertion of a claim for information which is 
truly entitled to confidential treatment. We also seek comment on what 
measures might be appropriate to deter frivolous requests for 
confidential treatment.
    38. Aggregated or Sanitized Information. The Commission sometimes 
finds it beneficial to disclose to the public non-confidential 
information derived from data supplied by businesses and claimed as 
confidential. Such releases might take the form of industry-wide data 
aggregated into a non-confidential figure, or sanitized documents where 
all information that could identify the submitters has been removed. We 
seek comment on procedures the

[[Page 16430]]

Commission could use to ensure that the portions of the sanitized or 
aggregated documents which are disclosed do not contain information 
claimed as confidential and whether the rules should be amended to 
incorporate such procedures.
E. Proposed Clarifications to Commission Rules
    39. Any person submitting information or materials to the 
Commission that do not fall within the specific categories of 
information not subject to routine disclosure may also request, on an 
ad hoc basis, that such information not be made routinely available for 
public inspection under Exemption 4. 47 CFR Sec. 0.459(a). The 
Commission is considering amending Section 0.459 of its rules to make 
express in the rules an existing practice whereby the Commission 
sometimes defers acting on a request for confidentiality if no request 
for inspection has been made. This practice conserves Commission 
resources because Exemption 4 determinations are often complex and 
require substantial Commission analysis. In such instances, the party 
submitting the information for which confidentiality is claimed is not 
harmed because the information is not available for public inspection 
pending Commission action on the confidentiality request. Likewise, the 
public is not harmed, because, under the FOIA, the Commission would be 
required to rule on any request that the information be disclosed. We 
seek comment on codifying this practice of deferring action on requests 
for confidentiality in the absence of a FOIA or other request for the 
information.
    40. The Commission also proposes a clarifying amendment to the 
title of Section 0.457(d) of its rules, 47 CFR Sec. 0.457(d), to better 
describe the Section's contents. The amended title would read: 
``Certain trade secrets and commercial or financial information 
obtained from any person and privileged or confidential--categories of 
materials not routinely available for public inspection.''

Administrative Matters

Initial Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis

    41. Pursuant to Section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the 
Commission has prepared the following initial regulatory flexibility 
analysis (IRFA) of the expected impact of these proposed policies and 
rules on small entities. Written public comments are requested on the 
IRFA. These comments must be filed in accordance with the same filing 
deadlines as comments on the rest of the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, 
but they must have a separate and distinct heading designating them as 
responses to the regulatory flexibility analysis. The Secretary shall 
cause a copy of the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, including the 
initial regulatory flexibility analysis, to be sent to the Chief 
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration in accordance 
with Section 603(a) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, Pub. L. No. 96-
354, 94 Stat. 1164, 5 U.S.C. Section 601 et seq. (1981).

Reason for Action

    42. The Communications Act of 1934 and the Commission's rules 
require the Commission to balance various factors in determining 
whether and under what conditions to withhold or to disclose 
competitively sensitive information that has been submitted to the 
Commission and that is not required to be publicly disclosed under the 
Freedom of Information Act. This Notice of Proposed Rulemaking proposes 
to examine the Commission's regulations and policies to determine 
whether the Commission should modify its existing disclosure policies 
and rules.

Objectives

    43. To implement the Communications Act of 1934 and the Freedom of 
Information Act and to develop a policy that will guide the Commission 
in evaluating the increasing number of requests that it afford 
confidential treatment to information that has been provided to it by 
regulated entities and others.
    Legal Basis. Action as proposed for this rulemaking is contained in 
Sections 4(i), 4(j), 303(r) and 403 of the Communications Act of 1934, 
as amended.

Description, Potential Impact and Number of Small Entities Affected

    44. The Commission's policies and rules regarding the disclosure of 
confidential commercial and financial information affects small 
entities that are regulated by the Commission and small entities that 
participate in Commission proceedings. We are presently unable to 
estimate the

Reporting, Record Keeping and Other Compliance Requirements

    45. None.

Federal Rules Which Overlap, Duplicate or Conflict With This Rule

    46. None.

Any Significant Alternatives Minimizing Impact on Small Entities and 
Consistent with Stated Objectives

    47. None.

Paperwork Reduction Act

    48. The requirements proposed herein have been analyzed with 
respect to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 and found to impose no 
new or modified information collection requirement on the public.

Procedural Provisions

    49. This Notice of Inquiry and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is 
issued pursuant to authority contained in Sections 4(i), 4(j), 303(r) 
and 403 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 
154(i), 154(j), 303(r) and 403. Pursuant to applicable procedures set 
forth in Sections 1.415, 1.419 and 1.430 of the Commission's Rules, 47 
CFR Secs. 1.415, 1.419 and 1.430, interested parties may file comments 
on or before June 14, 1996, and reply comments on or before July 15, 
1996. To file formally in this proceeding, participants must file an 
original and four copies of all comments, reply comments and supporting 
comments. If participants want each Commissioner to receive a personal 
copy of their comments, an original plus ten copies must be filed. 
Comments and reply comments should be sent to the Office of the 
Secretary, Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554. 
Comments and reply comments will be available for public inspection 
during regular business hours in the FCC Reference Center (Room 239) of 
the Federal Communications Commission, 1919 M Street, NW., Washington, 
DC 20554.
    50. Ex parte Rules--Non-Restricted Proceeding. This is a non-
restricted notice and comment rulemaking proceeding. Ex parte 
presentations are permitted, except during the Sunshine Agenda period, 
provided that they are disclosed as provided in Commission rules. See 
generally 47 CFR Sections 1.1202, 1.1203, and 1.1206(a).

Ordering Clauses

    51. It is ordered that, pursuant to Sections 4(i), 4(j), 303(r) and 
403 of the Communications Act of 1934, 47 U.S.C. Secs. 154 (i), 154 
(j), 303(r) and 403, notice is hereby given of proposed amendments to 
Part 0, in accordance with the proposals and discussions, in this 
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, and that comment is sought regarding 
such proposals, discussion, and statement of issues.
    52. It is further ordered that, the Secretary shall send a copy of 
this

[[Page 16431]]

Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, including the Initial Regulatory 
Flexibility Analysis, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small 
Business Administration in accordance with paragraph 603(a) of the 
Regulatory Flexibility Act. Pub. L. No. 96-354, 94 Stat. 1164, 5 U.S.C. 
601 et seq. (1981).

List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 0

    Freedom of information, Public information and inspection of 
records.

Federal Communications Commission.
William F. Caton,
Acting Secretary.

    Not to be published in the Code of Federal Regulations.

Attachment--Model Protective Order and Declaration

Before the Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554

    In the Matter of [Name of Proceeding], Docket No. ______.

Protective Order

    This Protective Order is a device to facilitate and expedite the 
review of documents containing trade secrets and commercial or 
financial information obtained from a person and privileged or 
confidential. It reflects the manner in which ``Confidential 
Information,'' as that term is defined herein, is to be treated. The 
Order is not intended to constitute a resolution of the merits 
concerning whether any Confidential Information would be released 
publicly by the Commission upon a proper request under the Freedom 
of Information Act or otherwise.
    1. For purposes of this Order, ``Confidential Information'' 
shall in the first instance mean either (i) information submitted to 
the Commission by the Submitting Party that has been so designated 
by the Submitting Party and which the Submitting Party has 
determined in good faith constitutes trade secrets and commercial or 
financial information which is privileged or confidential within the 
meaning of Exemption 4 of the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 
Sec. 552(b)(4) or (ii) information submitted to the Commission by 
the Submitting Party that has been so designated by the Submitting 
Party and which the Submitting Party has determined in good faith 
falls within the terms of [cite Commission order designating items 
for treatment as Confidential Information]. Confidential Information 
shall be deemed to include additional copies of and information 
derived from Confidential Information.
    2. The Commission may sua sponte or upon petition determine that 
all or part of the information claimed as ``Confidential 
Information'' is not entitled to such treatment.
    3. Confidential Information submitted to the Commission shall 
bear on the front page in bold print, ``CONTAINS PRIVILEGED AND 
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION--DO NOT RELEASE.'' Confidential Information 
shall be segregated by the Submitting Party from all non-
confidential information submitted to the Commission. To the extent 
a document contains both Confidential Information and non-
confidential information, the submitting party shall designate the 
specific portions of the document claimed to contain Confidential 
Information and shall, where feasible, also submit a redacted 
version not containing Confidential Information.
    4. The Secretary of the Commission or other Commission staff to 
whom Confidential Information is submitted shall place the 
Confidential Information in a non-public file. In the event that any 
person requests that Confidential Information be released publicly, 
the Commission will treat the request pursuant to 47 CFR Sec. 0.461.
    5. Confidential Information shall only be made available to 
Commission staff, Commission consultants and to counsel to the 
Reviewing Parties or if a Reviewing Party has no counsel to a person 
designated by the Reviewing Party. Reviewing Party shall mean a 
party to a Commission proceeding or any person or entity filing a 
pleading in a Commission proceeding. Before counsel to a Reviewing 
Party or such other designated person may obtain access to 
Confidential Information, counsel or such other designated person 
must execute the attached Declaration.
    6. Counsel to a Reviewing Party or such other person designated 
pursuant to Paragraph 5 may disclose Confidential Information to 
other Authorized Representatives to whom disclosure is permitted 
under the terms of paragraph 7 of this Protective Order only after 
advising such Authorized Representatives of the terms and 
obligations of the Order. In addition, before Authorized 
Representatives may obtain access to Confidential Information, 
Authorized Representatives must execute the attached Declaration.
    7. Authorized Representatives shall be limited to:
    a. Counsel for the Reviewing Parties to this proceeding 
including in-house counsel actively engaged in the conduct of this 
proceeding and their associated attorneys, paralegals, clerical 
staff and other employees, to the extent reasonably necessary to 
render professional services in this proceeding, provided that such 
persons are not representing or advising or otherwise assisting * * 
*;
    b. Specified persons, including employees of the Reviewing 
Parties, requested by counsel to furnish technical or other expert 
advice or service, or otherwise engaged to prepare material for the 
express purpose of formulating filings in this proceeding except 
that disclosure to persons in a position to use this information for 
competitive commercial or business purposes shall require the 
approval of the Commission; or
    c. Any person designated by the Commission in the public 
interest, upon such terms as the Commission may deem proper.
    8. Confidential Information shall be maintained by a Submitting 
Party for inspection in at least two locations, one of which shall 
be in Washington, D.C. Inspection shall be carried out by Authorized 
Representatives by appointment during normal business hours. The 
Submitting Party shall provide copies of the Confidential Material 
to Authorized Representatives upon request and may charge a 
reasonable copying fee not to exceed twenty five cents per page.
    9. Authorized Representatives may make additional copies of 
Confidential Information but only to the extent required and solely 
for the preparation and use in this proceeding, and provided further 
that the original copy and all other copies of the Confidential 
Information shall remain in the care and control of Authorized 
Representatives at all times and shall not pass to any other persons 
except as provided herein.
    10. Counsel for Reviewing Parties shall provide to the 
Submitting Party and the Commission with a copy of the attached 
Declaration for each Authorized Representative within five (5) 
business days after the attached Declaration is executed, or by any 
other deadline prescribed by the Commission.
    11. Confidential Information shall not be used by any person 
granted access under this Protective Order for any purpose other 
than for use in this proceeding (including any subsequent 
administrative or judicial review), shall not be used for 
competitive business purposes, and shall not be disclosed except in 
accordance with this Order. This shall not preclude the use of any 
material or information that is in the public domain or has been 
developed independently by any other person who has not had access 
to the Confidential Information nor otherwise learned of its 
contents.
    12. Reviewing Parties may, in any pleadings that they file in 
this proceeding, reference the Confidential Information, but only if 
they comply with the following procedures:
    a. Any portions of the pleadings that contain or disclose 
Confidential Information must be physically segregated from the 
remainder of the pleadings;
    b. The portions containing or disclosing Confidential 
Information must be covered by a separate letter referencing this 
Protective Order;
    c. Each page of any Party's filing that contains or discloses 
Confidential Information subject to this Order must be clearly 
marked: ``Confidential Information included pursuant to Protective 
Order, [cite proceeding];'' and
    d. The confidential portion(s) of the pleading shall be served 
upon the Secretary of the Commission, the Submitting Party, and 
those Reviewing Parties that have signed the attached Declaration. 
Such confidential portions shall be served under seal, and shall not 
be placed in the Commission's Public File unless the Commission 
directs otherwise (with notice to the Submitting Party and an 
opportunity to comment on such proposed disclosure). A Reviewing 
Party filing a pleading containing Confidential Information shall 
also file a redacted copy of the pleading containing no Confidential 
Information, which copy shall be placed in the Commission's public 
files. Reviewing Parties may provide courtesy copies of pleadings 
containing Confidential Information to Commission staff.
    13. Should a Reviewing Party that has properly obtained access 
to Confidential

[[Page 16432]]

Information under this Protective Order violate any of its terms, it 
shall immediately convey that fact to the Commission and to the 
Submitting Party. Further, should such violation consist of improper 
disclosure of Confidential Information, the violating party shall 
take all necessary steps to remedy the improper disclosure. The 
Commission retains its full authority to fashion appropriate 
sanctions for violations of this Protective Order, including but not 
limited to denial of further access to Confidential Information in 
this proceeding.
    14. Within two weeks after final resolution of this proceeding 
(which includes any administrative or judicial appeals), Authorized 
Representatives of Reviewing Parties shall destroy all Confidential 
Information as well as all copies and derivative materials made, and 
shall certify that no material whatsoever derived from such 
Confidential Information has been retained by any person having 
access thereto, except that counsel to a Reviewing Party may retain 
two copies of pleadings submitted on behalf of the Reviewing Party.
    15. Disclosure of Confidential Information as provided herein 
shall not be deemed a waiver by the Submitting Party of any 
privilege or entitlement to confidential treatment of such 
Confidential Information. Reviewing Parties, by viewing these 
materials: (a) agree not to assert any such waiver; (b) agree not to 
use information derived from any confidential materials to seek 
disclosure in any other proceeding; and (c) agree that accidental 
disclosure of privileged information shall not be deemed a waiver of 
the privilege.
    16. The entry of this Protective Order is without prejudice to 
the rights of the Submitting Party to apply for additional or 
different protection where it is deemed necessary or to the rights 
of Reviewing Parties to request further or renewed disclosure of 
Confidential Information. Moreover, it in no way precludes the 
Commission from disclosing any Confidential Information where it 
determines the public interest so requires.
    17. This Protective Order is issued pursuant to Section 4(i) of 
the Communications Act as amended, 47 U.S.C. Sec. 154(i) and 47 CFR 
Sec. 0.457(d).
    18. As used in this Order, the term ``Commission'' shall also 
include any arm of the Commission acting pursuant to delegated 
authority.

Declaration

[Cite Proceeding]

    I, __________, hereby declare under penalty of perjury that I 
have read the foregoing Protective Order that has been entered by 
the Commission in this proceeding, and that I agree that I will be 
bound by its terms pertaining to the treatment of Confidential 
Information submitted by parties to this proceeding. I understand 
that the Confidential Information shall not be disclosed to anyone 
except in accordance with the terms of the Protective Order and 
shall be used only for purposes of the proceedings in this matter. I 
acknowledge that a violation of the Protective Order is a violation 
of an order of the Federal Communications Commission.

(signed)---------------------------------------------------------------

(printed name)---------------------------------------------------------

(title)----------------------------------------------------------------

(affiliation)----------------------------------------------------------

(address)--------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------

(phone)----------------------------------------------------------------

(date)-----------------------------------------------------------------

[FR Doc. 96-9240 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9237 Airworthiness Directives; Boeing Model 727 Series Airplanes
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16412-16413]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9237]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Federal Aviation Administration

14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 94-NM-197-AD]

Airworthiness Directives; Boeing Model 727 Series Airplanes

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Proposed rule; withdrawal.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This action withdraws a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) 
that proposed a new airworthiness directive (AD), applicable to Boeing 
Model 727 series airplanes. That action would have superseded an 
existing AD to require repetitive visual inspections to detect cracking 
in the elevator rear spar and repair, if necessary; provide for an 
optional terminating action for the repetitive inspections; and add a 
one-time inspection of certain airplanes for clearance between the 
shear plate and the radii of the rear spar. Since the issuance of the 
NPRM, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) has issued other 
rulemaking that requires actions equivalent to those proposed. 
Accordingly, the proposed rule is withdrawn.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Walter Sippel, Aerospace Engineer, 
Airframe Branch (ANM-121S), Seattle Aircraft Certification Office, FAA, 
Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, 
Washington 98055-4056; telephone (206) 227-2774; fax (206) 227-1181.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: A proposal to amend part 39 of the Federal 
Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) to add a new airworthiness 
directive (AD), applicable to Boeing Model 727 series airplanes, was 
published in the Federal Register as a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 
(NPRM) on January 4, 1995 (60 FR 386). The proposed rule would have 
superseded AD 87-24-03, amendment 39-5769 (52 FR 43742, November 16, 
1987), which was issued in 1987 to require repetitive visual 
inspections to detect cracking in the elevator rear spar and repair, if 
necessary. AD 87-24-03 also provided for an optional terminating action 
for the repetitive visual inspections. The issuance of AD 87-24-03 was 
prompted by reports of cracking in the rear spar of the elevator at the 
hinge fitting attachment of the control tab and reports of loose hinge 
fittings at the crack locations.
    The NPRM would have superseded AD 87-24-03 to continue to require 
the repetitive visual inspections, but also to add an additional one-
time inspection of certain airplanes for clearance between the shear 
plate and the radii of the rear spar. The NPRM also would have provided 
additional instructions for the terminating action. The actions 
specified by both the NPRM and AD 87-24-03 were intended to prevent 
cracking of the elevator rear spar, which could cause excessive free 
play of the elevator control tab and possible tab flutter, and could 
result in loss of controllability of the airplane.
    Since the issuance of that NPRM, the FAA has issued AD 96-06-05, 
amendment 39-9542 (61 FR 11529, March 21, 1996), which is applicable to 
Boeing Model 727 series airplanes. That AD supersedes AD 87-24-03, as 
well as AD 84-22-02, amendment 39-4951 (49 FR 45743, November 20, 
1984). It requires various repetitive inspections to detect cracks and 
loose brackets of the elevator rear spar, and repair, if necessary; and 
provides for a terminating modification for the inspections. That AD 
was prompted by reports of cracking in the spar radii at the tab hinge 
location of the elevator rear spar on certain airplanes. The actions 
specified by that AD are intended to prevent cracking in elements of 
the elevator rear spar assembly, which could result in excessive free 
play of the elevator control tab and possible tab flutter.

[[Page 16413]]

    The requirements of AD 96-06-05 incorporate and implement the same 
actions that were proposed by the NPRM issued as Docket 94-NM-197-AD. 
In light of this, the issuance of a final action for that NPRM is 
unnecessary. Accordingly, the proposed rule is hereby withdrawn.
    Withdrawal of this NPRM constitutes only such action, and does not 
preclude the agency from issuing another notice in the future, nor does 
it commit the agency to any course of action in the future.
    Since this action only withdraws a notice of proposed rulemaking, 
it is neither a proposed nor a final rule and therefore, is not covered 
under Executive Order 12866, the Regulatory Flexibility Act, or DOT 
Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979).

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

The Withdrawal

    Accordingly, the notice of proposed rulemaking, Docket 94-NM-197-
AD, published in the Federal Register on January 4, 1995 (60 FR 386), 
is withdrawn.

    Issued in Renton, Washington, on April 9, 1996.
Darrell M. Pederson,
Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-9237 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9236 Airworthiness Directives; McDonnell Douglas Model DC-9-80 Series Airplanes and Model MD-88 Airplanes
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16413-16414]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9236]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-NM-221-AD]

Airworthiness Directives; McDonnell Douglas Model DC-9-80 Series 
Airplanes and Model MD-88 Airplanes

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document proposes the adoption of a new airworthiness 
directive (AD) that is applicable to certain McDonnell Douglas Model 
DC-9-80 series airplanes and Model MD-88 airplanes. This proposal would 
require a one-time inspection to detect cracking of the main landing 
gear (MLG) pistons, and repair or replacement of the pistons with new 
or serviceable parts, if necessary. This proposal is prompted by 
reports of failure of the MLG pistons that occurred during towing of 
the airplanes. The actions specified by the proposed AD are intended to 
prevent fatigue cracking of the MLG pistons, which could result in 
failure of the pistons and subsequent damage to the airplane structure 
or injury to airplane occupants.

DATES: Comments must be received by June 10, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-NM-221-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., 
Renton, Washington 98055-4056. Comments may be inspected at this 
location between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except 
Federal holidays.
    The service information referenced in the proposed rule may be 
obtained from McDonnell Douglas Corporation, 3855 Lakewood Boulevard, 
Long Beach, California 90846, Attention: Technical Publications 
Business Administration, Department C1-L51 (2-60). This information may 
be examined at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind 
Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington; or at the FAA, Transport Airplane 
Directorate, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification Office, 3960 Paramount 
Boulevard, Lakewood, California.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Brent Bandley, Aerospace Engineer, 
Airframe Branch, ANM-120L, FAA, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification 
Office, 3960 Paramount Boulevard, Lakewood, California 90712; telephone 
(310) 627-5237; fax (310) 627-5210.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Comments Invited

    Interested persons are invited to participate in the making of the 
proposed rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as 
they may desire. Communications shall identify the Rules Docket number 
and be submitted in triplicate to the address specified above. All 
communications received on or before the closing date for comments, 
specified above, will be considered before taking action on the 
proposed rule. The proposals contained in this notice may be changed in 
light of the comments received.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the proposed rule. All 
comments submitted will be available, both before and after the closing 
date for comments, in the Rules Docket for examination by interested 
persons. A report summarizing each FAA-public contact concerned with 
the substance of this proposal will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this notice must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 95-NM-221-AD.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Availability of NPRMs

    Any person may obtain a copy of this NPRM by submitting a request 
to the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, Attention: Rules 
Docket No. 95-NM-221-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington 
98055-4056.

Discussion

    The FAA has received two reports of failure of the main landing 
gear (MLG) pistons that occurred during towing of a McDonnell Douglas 
Model DC-9-82 series airplane and a Model MD-88 airplane. In both 
cases, the fracture surface extended around the barrel section at the 
piston/axle transition. The fractures originated at a fatigue crack. 
Fatigue cracking occurred due to vibration-induced high stress loads on 
the pistons and a blending induced stress concentration in the 
transition area of the piston/axle transition. Such vibration occurs 
primarily during landing and rejected takeoff during moderate to heavy 
braking. Fatigue cracking of the MLG pistons, if not detected and 
corrected in a timely manner, could result in failure of the pistons 
and subsequent damage to the airplane structure or injury to airplane 
occupants.
    The FAA has reviewed and approved McDonnell Douglas Service 
Bulletin MD80-32-277, Revision 01, dated February 23, 1996, which 
describes procedures for a one-time dye penetrant and magnetic particle 
inspection to detect cracking of the MLG pistons, and repair or 
replacement of cracked pistons with new or serviceable parts.
    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other products of this same type design, the 
proposed AD would require a one-time dye penetrant and magnetic 
particle inspection to detect cracking of the MLG pistons, and repair 
or replacement of the pistons with new or serviceable parts, if 
necessary. The actions would be required to be accomplished in 
accordance with the service bulletin described previously.
    This is considered to be interim action until final action is 
identified, at which time the FAA may consider further rulemaking. -

[[Page 16414]]

    There are approximately 1,119 Model DC-9-80 series airplanes and 
Model MD-88 airplanes of the affected design in the worldwide fleet. 
The FAA estimates that 609 airplanes of U.S. registry would be affected 
by this proposed AD, that it would take approximately 2 work hours per 
airplane to accomplish the proposed actions, and that the average labor 
rate is $60 per work hour. Based on these figures, the cost impact of 
the proposed AD on U.S. operators is estimated to be $73,080, or $120 
per airplane. -
    The cost impact figure discussed above is based on assumptions that 
no operator has yet accomplished any of the proposed requirements of 
this AD action, and that no operator would accomplish those actions in 
the future if this AD were not adopted. -
    The regulations proposed herein would not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this 
proposal would not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant 
the preparation of a Federalism Assessment. -
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this proposed 
regulation (1) is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under 
Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a ``significant rule'' under the DOT 
Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); 
and (3) if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact, 
positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under 
the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. A copy of the draft 
regulatory evaluation prepared for this action is contained in the 
Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained by contacting the Rules 
Docket at the location provided under the caption ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39 -

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

The Proposed Amendment -

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 
part 39 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as 
follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES -

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended] -

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding the following new 
airworthiness directive:

McDonnell Douglas: Docket 95-NM-221-AD.

     -Applicability: Model DC-9-81 (MD-81), DC-9-82 (MD-82), DC-9-83 
(MD-83), and DC-9-87 (MD-87) series airplanes, and Model MD-88 
airplanes; as listed in McDonnell Douglas Service Bulletin MD80-32-
277, Revision 01, dated February 23, 1996; certificated in any 
category.

     -Note 1: This AD applies to each airplane identified in the 
preceding applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been 
modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the 
requirements of this AD. For airplanes that have been modified, 
altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of 
this AD is affected, the owner/operator must request approval for an 
alternative method of compliance in accordance with paragraph (f) of 
this AD. The request should include an assessment of the effect of 
the modification, alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition 
addressed by this AD; and, if the unsafe condition has not been 
eliminated, the request should include specific proposed actions to 
address it.

    -Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously. -
    To prevent fatigue cracking of the main landing gear (MLG) 
pistons, which could result in failure of the pistons and subsequent 
damage to the airplane structure or injury to airplane occupants, 
accomplish the following: -
    (a) Perform a one-time dye penetrant and magnetic particle 
inspection to detect cracking of the MLG pistons, in accordance with 
McDonnell Douglas Service Bulletin MD80-32-277, Revision 01, dated 
February 23, 1996, at the later of the times specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1) and (a)(2) of this AD. -
    (1) Prior to the accumulation of 4,000 total landings on the MLG 
piston. -
    (2) Within 1,500 landings or 12 months after the effective date 
of this AD, whichever occurs first. -
    (b) If no cracking is found, no further action is required by 
this AD. -
    (c) If any cracking is found that is within the limits specified 
in McDonnell Douglas Service Bulletin MD80-32-277, Revision 01, 
dated February 23, 1996, prior to further flight, repair in 
accordance with the service bulletin. -
    (d) If any cracking is found that is outside the limits 
specified in McDonnell Douglas Service Bulletin MD80-32-277, 
Revision 01, dated February 23, 1996, prior to further flight, 
replace the MLG piston with a new or serviceable part in accordance 
with the service bulletin. -
    (e) As of the effective date of this AD, no person shall install 
an MLG piston having part number 5935347-1 through 5935347-509 
inclusive on any airplane unless that piston has been inspected in 
accordance with McDonnell Douglas Service Bulletin MD80-32-277, 
Revision 01, dated February 23, 1996, and found to be crack-free; or 
unless it is repaired or modified in accordance with the service 
bulletin. -
    (f) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification 
Office (ACO), FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate. Operators shall 
submit their requests through an appropriate FAA Principal 
Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the 
Manager, Los Angeles ACO.

     -Note 2: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this AD, if any, may be 
obtained from the Los Angeles ACO.

    (g) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the airplane to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.

    Issued in Renton, Washington, on April 9, 1996.
Darrell M. Pederson,
Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-9236 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9235 Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Model A320 Series Airplanes
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16414-16416]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9235]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-NM-216-AD]

Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Model A320 Series Airplanes

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document proposes the supersedure of an existing 
airworthiness directive (AD), applicable to certain Airbus Model A320 
series airplanes, that currently requires a one-time inspection to 
detect cracking of the floor beams and the side box-beams between 
frames 42 and 43, and repair of cracks. It also requires modification 
of the pressure floor. That AD was prompted by the results of a full-
scale fatigue test. This action would add a new improved modification 
requirement for the pressure floor at section 15 of the fuselage. The 
actions specified by the proposed AD are intended to prevent reduced 
structural integrity of the fuselage.

DATES: Comments must be received by May 28, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-NM-216-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., 
Renton, Washington 98055-4056. Comments may be inspected at this

[[Page 16415]]

location between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except 
Federal holidays. -
    The service information referenced in the proposed rule may be 
obtained from Airbus Industrie, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 
Blagnac Cedex, France. This information may be examined at the FAA, 
Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, 
Washington.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Tim Backman, Aerospace Engineer, 
Standardization Branch, ANM-113, FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 
1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington 98055-4056; telephone (206) 
227-2797; fax (206) 227-1149.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Comments Invited -

    Interested persons are invited to participate in the making of the 
proposed rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as 
they may desire. Communications shall identify the Rules Docket number 
and be submitted in triplicate to the address specified above. All 
communications received on or before the closing date for comments, 
specified above, will be considered before taking action on the 
proposed rule. The proposals contained in this notice may be changed in 
light of the comments received. -
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the proposed rule. All 
comments submitted will be available, both before and after the closing 
date for comments, in the Rules Docket for examination by interested 
persons. A report summarizing each FAA-public contact concerned with 
the substance of this proposal will be filed in the Rules Docket. -
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this notice must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 95-NM-216-AD.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Availability of NPRMs -

    Any person may obtain a copy of this NPRM by submitting a request 
to the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, Attention: Rules 
Docket No. 95-NM-216-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington 
98055-4056.

Discussion -

    On July 9, 1993, the FAA issued AD 93-14-04, amendment 39-8628 (58 
FR 39440, July 23, 1993), applicable to certain Airbus Model A320 
series airplanes, to require a one-time inspection to detect cracking 
of the floor beams and the side box-beams between frames 42 and 43, and 
repair of cracks. It also requires modification of the pressure floor. 
That action was prompted by the results of a full-scale fatigue test, 
which indicated that fatigue cracking can occur in those areas. The 
requirements of that AD are intended to prevent reduced structural 
integrity of the fuselage due to problems associated with fatigue 
cracking. -
    Since the issuance of that AD, Airbus has issued Revision 1 of 
Service Bulletin A320-53-1024, dated March 31, 1994. This service 
bulletin is essentially identical to the original version of the 
service bulletin (which was referenced in AD 93-14-04), but contains 
certain editorial changes. This service bulletin permits further flight 
with cracks in various areas around the fastener/bolt holes, provided 
that those cracks do not exceed certain limits. The Direction Generale 
de l'Aviation Civile (DGAC), which is the airworthiness authority for 
France, classified this service bulletin as mandatory and issued French 
airworthiness directive 92-205-033(B)R1, dated June 22, 1994, in order 
to assure the continued airworthiness of these airplanes in France. -
    In addition, Airbus has issued Revision 3 of Service Bulletin A320-
53-1023, dated March 18, 1994. This service bulletin describes new 
improved procedures for modification of the pressure floor at section 
15 of the fuselage. The modification involves the following actions: -
    1. Removing components of the free-fall extension system of the 
main landing gear and removing specified fasteners from various areas;
    2. Cleaning the fastener holes;
    3. Performing an eddy current (rotary probe) non-destructive test 
inspection of the fastener holes;
    4. Drilling/Reaming the fasteners holes;
    5. Cold expanding the crack-free fastener holes;
    6. Installing new fittings with the oversize fasteners; and
    7. Installing the bell crank assembly and the pulley of the free-
fall extension system of the main landing gear.
    Implementation of the new improved modification will positively 
address the unsafe condition identified as reduced structural integrity 
of the fuselage.
    This airplane model is manufactured in France and is type 
certificated for operation in the United States under the provisions of 
section 21.29 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 21.29) and 
the applicable bilateral airworthiness agreement. Pursuant to this 
bilateral airworthiness agreement, the DGAC has kept the FAA informed 
of the situation described above. The FAA has examined the findings of 
the DGAC, reviewed all available information, and determined that AD 
action is necessary for products of this type design that are 
certificated for operation in the United States.
    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other airplanes of the same type design registered 
in the United States, the proposed AD would supersede AD 93-14-04 to 
continue to require a one-time eddy current and detailed visual 
inspection to detect cracks of various areas around the fastener/bolt 
holes of the pressure floor. However, this proposal would add a new 
improved modification of the pressure floor at section 15 of the 
fuselage. The actions would be required to be accomplished in 
accordance with the service bulletins described previously.
    Operators should note that, unlike the procedures described in 
Airbus Service Bulletin A320-53-1024, Revision 1, dated March 31, 1994, 
this proposed AD would not permit further flight with cracking detected 
in various areas around the fastener/bolt holes. The FAA has determined 
that, due to the safety implications and consequences associated with 
such cracking, all areas around the fastener/bolt holes that are found 
to be cracked must be repaired prior to further flight. The repair 
would be required to be accomplished in accordance with a method 
approved by the FAA.
    Furthermore, the FAA has determined that long term continued 
operational safety will be better assured by design changes to remove 
the source of the problem, rather than by repetitive inspections. Long 
term inspections may not be providing the degree of safety assurance 
necessary for the transport airplane fleet. This, coupled with a better 
understanding of the human factors associated with numerous continual 
inspections, has led the FAA to consider placing less emphasis on 
inspections and more emphasis on design improvements. The proposed 
modification requirement is in consonance with these considerations.
    There are approximately 24 Airbus Model A320 series airplanes of 
U.S. registry would be affected by this proposed AD.
    The inspections that are currently required by AD 93-14-04 take 
approximately 37 work hours per

[[Page 16416]]

airplane to accomplish, at an average labor rate of $60 per work hour. 
Based on these figures, the cost impact on U.S. operators of the 
inspections currently required is estimated to be $53,280, or $2,220 
per airplane.
    The new modification that is proposed in this AD action would take 
approximately 241 work hours per airplane to accomplish, at an average 
labor rate of $60 per work hour. Required parts would cost 
approximately $5,603 per airplane. Based on these figures, the cost 
impact on U.S. operators of the proposed modification requirements of 
this AD is estimated to be $481,512, or $20,063 per airplane.
    The cost impact figures discussed above are based on assumptions 
that no operator has yet accomplished any of the current or proposed 
requirements of this AD action, and that no operator would accomplish 
those actions in the future if this AD were not adopted.
    The regulations proposed herein would not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this 
proposal would not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant 
the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this proposed 
regulation (1) is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under 
Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a ``significant rule'' under the DOT 
Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); 
and (3) if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact, 
positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under 
the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. A copy of the draft 
regulatory evaluation prepared for this action is contained in the 
Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained by contacting the Rules 
Docket at the location provided under the caption ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

The Proposed Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 
part 39 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as 
follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 USC 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13   [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by removing amendment 39-8628 (58 FR 
39440, July 23, 1993), and by adding a new airworthiness directive 
(AD), to read as follows:

Airbus Industrie: Docket 95-NM-216-AD. Supersedes AD 93-14-04, 
Amendment 39-8628.

    Applicability: Model A320 series airplanes, manufacturer's 
serial numbers 002 through 008 inclusive, 010 through 078 inclusive, 
and 080 through 107 inclusive; certificated in any category.

    Note 1: This AD applies to each airplane identified in the 
preceding applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been 
otherwise modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the 
requirements of this AD. For airplanes that have been modified, 
altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of 
this AD is affected, the owner/operator must request approval for an 
alternative method of compliance in accordance with paragraph (d) of 
this AD. The request should include an assessment of the effect of 
the modification, alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition 
addressed by this AD; and, if the unsafe condition has not been 
eliminated, the request should include specific proposed actions to 
address it.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent reduced structural integrity of the fuselage, 
accomplish the following:
    (a) Prior to the accumulation of 12,000 total landings, or 6 
months after August 23, 1993 (the effective date of AD 93-14-04, 
amendment 39-8628), whichever occurs later, accomplish the 
requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this AD, in 
accordance with Airbus Industrie Service Bulletin A320-53-1024, 
dated September 23, 1992, or Revision 1, dated March 31, 1994. As of 
the effective date of this new AD, only Revision 1 of this service 
bulletin shall be used.
    (1) Conduct an eddy current inspection to detect cracking around 
the fastener/bolt holes at the top horizontal flange of the floor 
beams and side box-beams, at the two sides of the pressure floor, 
and at the vertical integral stiffener of the side box-beams; and
    (2) Conduct a detailed visual inspection to detect cracking 
around the fastener/bolt holes at the fillet radius and riveted area 
of the top outboard flange of the side box-beams, and at the flange-
corner radius of the slanted inboard flange of the side box-beam and 
fittings.
    (b) If any crack is detected during the inspections required by 
paragraph (a) of this AD, prior to further flight, repair the crack 
in accordance with a method approved by the Manager, Standardization 
Branch, ANM-113, FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate.
    (c) Modify the pressure floor at section 15 of the fuselage in 
accordance with Airbus Service Bulletin A320-53-1023, Revision 3, 
dated March 18, 1994, at the time specified in either paragraph 
(c)(1) or (c)(2) of this AD, as applicable. Accomplishment of the 
modification terminates the requirements of this AD.
    (1) For airplanes on which the modification specified in Airbus 
Service Bulletin A320-53-1023, dated September 23, 1992, as amended 
by Service Bulletin Change Notice 0A, dated January 20, 1993; 
Revision 1, dated March 23, 1993; or Revision 2, dated October 22, 
1993; has been accomplished: Modify prior to the accumulation of 
24,000 total landings, or 6 months after the effective date of this 
AD, whichever occurs later.
    (2) For all other airplanes not subject to paragraph (c)(1) of 
this AD: Modify prior to the accumulation of 18,000 total landings, 
or 6 months after the effective date of this AD, whichever occurs 
later.
    (d) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Standardization Branch, ANM-113, 
FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate. Operators shall submit their 
requests through an appropriate FAA Principal Maintenance Inspector, 
who may add comments and then send it to the Manager, 
Standardization Branch, ANM-113.

    Note 2: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this AD, if any, may be 
obtained from the Standardization Branch, ANM-113.

    (e) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the airplane to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.

    Issued in Renton, Washington, on April 9, 1996.
Darrell M. Pederson,
Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-9235 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9234 Airworthiness Directives; Beech Model 400, 400A, MU-300-10, and 2000 Airplanes, and Model 200, B200, 300, and B300 Series Airplanes
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16416-16418]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9234]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-NM-255-AD]

Airworthiness Directives; Beech Model 400, 400A, MU-300-10, and 
2000 Airplanes, and Model 200, B200, 300, and B300 Series Airplanes

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document proposes the adoption of a new airworthiness 
directive (AD) that is applicable to certain Beech Model 400, 400A, MU-
300-10, and 2000 airplanes, and Model 200, B200, 300, and B300 series 
airplanes. This proposal would require replacement of outflow/safety 
valves

[[Page 16417]]

with serviceable valves. This proposal is prompted by a report of 
cracking and subsequent failure of outflow safety valves in the 
pressurization system. The actions specified by the proposed AD are 
intended to prevent such cracking and subsequent failure of the 
outflow/safety valves, which could result in rapid decompression of the 
airplane.

DATES: Comments must be received by May 28, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-NM-255-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., 
Renton, Washington 98055-4056. Comments may be inspected at this 
location between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except 
Federal holidays.
    The service information referenced in the proposed rule may be 
obtained from AlliedSignal Aerospace, Technical Publications, Dept. 65-
70, P.O. Box 52170, Phoenix, Arizona 85072-2170. This information may 
be examined at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind 
Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington; or at the FAA, Transport Airplane 
Directorate, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification Office, 3960 Paramount 
Boulevard, Lakewood, California.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Walter Eierman, Aerospace Engineer, 
Systems and Equipment Branch, ANM-130L, FAA, Los Angeles Aircraft 
Certification Office, 3960 Paramount Boulevard, Lakewood, California 
90712; telephone (310) 627-5336; fax (310) 627-5210.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Comments Invited

    Interested persons are invited to participate in the making of the 
proposed rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as 
they may desire. Communications shall identify the Rules Docket number 
and be submitted in triplicate to the address specified above. All 
communications received on or before the closing date for comments, 
specified above, will be considered before taking action on the 
proposed rule. The proposals contained in this notice may be changed in 
light of the comments received.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the proposed rule. All 
comments submitted will be available, both before and after the closing 
date for comments, in the Rules Docket for examination by interested 
persons. A report summarizing each FAA-public contact concerned with 
the substance of this proposal will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this notice must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 95-NM-255-AD.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Availability of NPRMs

    Any person may obtain a copy of this NPRM by submitting a request 
to the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, Attention: Rules 
Docket No. 95-NM-255-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington 
98055-4056.

Discussion

    The FAA has received a report of the failure of a safety valve in 
the pressurization system on a Learjet Model 31A airplane. Failure of 
the valve resulted in depressurization of the cabin. Investigation 
revealed that the poppets of certain outflow/safety valves were 
cracked. These discrepant valves, including the safety valve installed 
on the incident airplane, had been manufactured since January 1, 1989. 
Certain valves manufactured since that date have been found to be 
susceptible to cracking due to an improper molding process during their 
manufacture. Cracking in the poppets of the outflow/safety valves in 
the pressurization system can result in an open valve with an effective 
flow area of 4.4 square inches; additionally, the valve may close and 
remain closed. This condition, if not corrected, could result in 
cracking and subsequent failure of the airflow/safety valves, which 
could lead to rapid decompression of the airplane.
    On September 20, 1995, the FAA issued AD 95-20-03, amendment 39-
9381 (60 FR 51709, October 3, 1995), to address this unsafe condition 
on certain Learjet Model 24, 25, 28, 29, 31, 35, 36, and 55 series 
airplanes. Subsequently, on December 5, 1995, the FAA issued AD 95-25-
10, amendment 39-9456, (60 FR 66484, December 22, 1995), to address the 
unsafe condition on certain Cessna Model 441, 500, 550, and 560 series 
airplanes. The outflow/safety valves installed on these Cessna and 
Learjet airplane models are similar to the valves installed on Beech 
Model 400, 400A, MU-300-10, and 2000 airplanes, and Model 200, B200, 
300, and B300 series airplanes. Therefore, the FAA has determined that 
the latter airplane models also are subject to the unsafe condition 
described previously.
    The FAA has reviewed and approved Allied Signal Aerospace Service 
Bulletins 103570-21-4012 (for airplanes equipped with valves having 
part number 103570-25, 103570-26, or 103570-27) and 103648-21-4022 (for 
airplanes equipped with valves having part number 103648-1, 103648-3, 
103648-4, 103648-5, 103648-6, 103648-7, or 103648-13), both Revision 1, 
both dated May 30, 1995, which describe procedures for replacement of 
certain discrepant outflow/safety valves with serviceable valves.
    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other products of this same type design, the 
proposed AD would require replacement of certain discrepant outflow/
safety valves with serviceable valves. The actions would be required to 
be accomplished in accordance with the service bulletins described 
previously.
    Operators should note that Allied Signal Aerospace Service Bulletin 
103570-21-4012 recommends accomplishing the replacement within 150 
flight hours (after the release of the service bulletin), but no later 
than June 30, 1996. Allied Signal Aerospace Service Bulletin 103648-21-
4022 recommends accomplishing the replacement within 200 flight hours 
(after the release of the service bulletin), but no later than June 30, 
1996. However, the FAA has determined that an interval of 18 months 
will address the identified unsafe condition in a timely manner. This 
proposed compliance time of 18 months was determined to be appropriate 
in consideration of the safety implications, the average utilization 
rate of the affected fleet, the practical aspects of accomplishment of 
the replacement during regular maintenance periods, and the 
availability of required replacement parts.
    There are approximately 150 Model 400, 400A, MU-300-10, and 2000 
airplanes, and Model 200, B200, 300, and B300 series airplanes of the 
affected design in the worldwide fleet. The FAA estimates that 105 
airplanes of U.S. registry would be affected by this proposed AD, that 
it would take approximately 12 work hours per airplane to accomplish 
the proposed actions, and that the average labor rate is $60 per work 
hour. The parts manufacturer has advised that it will provide 
replacement parts at no cost to operators. Based on these figures, the 
cost impact of the proposed AD on U.S. operators is estimated to be 
$75,600, or $720 per airplane.
    The cost impact figure discussed above is based on assumptions that 
no

[[Page 16418]]

operator has yet accomplished any of the proposed requirements of this 
AD action, and that no operator would accomplish those actions in the 
future if this AD were not adopted.
    The regulations proposed herein would not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this 
proposal would not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant 
the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this proposed 
regulation (1) is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under 
Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a ``significant rule'' under the DOT 
Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); 
and (3) if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact, 
positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under 
the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. A copy of the draft 
regulatory evaluation prepared for this action is contained in the 
Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained by contacting the Rules 
Docket at the location provided under the caption ``ADDRESSES.''

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

The Proposed Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 
part 39 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as 
follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 USC 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding the following new 
airworthiness directive:

Beech Aircraft Corporation: Docket 95-NM-255-AD.

    Applicability: Model 400, 400A, MU-300-10, and 2000 airplanes, 
Model 200 and B200 series airplanes having a maximum altitude 
capability of greater than 31,000 feet, and Model 300 and B300 
series airplanes; equipped with Allied Signal outflow/safety valves, 
as identified in Allied Signal Aerospace Service Bulletins 103570-
21-4012 and 103648-21-4022, both Revision 1, both dated May 30, 
1995; certificated in any category.

    Note 1: This AD applies to each airplane identified in the 
preceding applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been 
modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the 
requirements of this AD. For airplanes that have been modified, 
altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of 
this AD is affected, the owner/operator must request approval for an 
alternative method of compliance in accordance with paragraph (c) of 
this AD. The request should include an assessment of the effect of 
the modification, alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition 
addressed by this AD; and, if the unsafe condition has not been 
eliminated, the request should include specific proposed actions to 
address it.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent cracking and subsequent failure of the outflow/safety 
valves, which could result in rapid decompression of the airplane, 
accomplish the following:
    (a) Within 18 months after the effective date of this AD, 
replace the outflow/safety valve in accordance with Allied Signal 
Aerospace Service Bulletin 103570-21-4012 (for airplanes equipped 
with valves having part number 103570-25, 103570-26, or 103570-27), 
or 103648-21-4022 (for airplanes equipped with valves having part 
number 103648-1, 103648-3, 103648-4, 103648-5, 103648-6, 103648-7, 
or 103648-13), both Revision 1, both dated May 30, 1995, as 
applicable.
    (b) As of the effective date of this AD, no person shall install 
an outflow/safety valve, having a part number and serial number 
identified in Allied Signal Aerospace Service Bulletin 103570-21-
4012 (for airplanes equipped with valves having part number 103570-
25, 103570-26, or 103570-27), or 103648-21-4022 (for airplanes 
equipped with valves having part number 103648-1, 103648-3, 103648-
4, 103648-5, 103648-6, 103648-7, or 103648-13), both Revision 1, 
both dated May 30, 1995, on any airplane unless that valve is 
considered to be serviceable in accordance with the applicable 
service bulletin.
    (c) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification 
Office (ACO), FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate. Operators shall 
submit their requests through an appropriate FAA Principal 
Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the 
Manager, Los Angeles ACO.

    Note 2: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this AD, if any, may be 
obtained from the Los Angeles ACO.
    (d) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the airplane to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.

    Issued in Renton, Washington, on April 9, 1996.
Darrell M. Pederson,
Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-9234 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9233 Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Model A300-600 Series Airplanes
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16418-16420]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9233]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-NM-228-AD]

Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Model A300-600 Series Airplanes

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document proposes the adoption of a new airworthiness 
directive (AD) that is applicable to all Airbus Model A300-600 series 
airplanes. This proposal would require an inspection to detect cracks 
of certain attachment holes; and installation of a new fastener and 
follow-on inspections or repair, if necessary. This proposal is 
prompted by reports of fatigue cracking found on the forward fitting of 
frame 47 at the level of the last fastener of the external angle 
fitting. The actions specified by the proposed AD are intended to 
prevent such fatigue cracking, which could result in reduced structural 
integrity of the airframe.

DATES: Comments must be received by May 28, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-NM-228-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., 
Renton, Washington 98055-4056. Comments may be inspected at this 
location between 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except 
Federal holidays.
    The service information referenced in the proposed rule may be 
obtained from Airbus Industrie, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 
Blagnac Cedex, France. This information may be examined at the FAA, 
Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, 
Washington.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Tim Backman, Aerospace Engineer, 
Standardization Branch, ANM-113, FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 
1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington 98055-4056; telephone (206) 
227-2797; fax (206) 227-1149.

[[Page 16419]]

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Comments Invited

    Interested persons are invited to participate in the making of the 
proposed rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as 
they may desire. Communications shall identify the Rules Docket number 
and be submitted in triplicate to the address specified above. All 
communications received on or before the closing date for comments, 
specified above, will be considered before taking action on the 
proposed rule. The proposals contained in this notice may be changed in 
light of the comments received.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the proposed rule. All 
comments submitted will be available, both before and after the closing 
date for comments, in the Rules Docket for examination by interested 
persons. A report summarizing each FAA-public contact concerned with 
the substance of this proposal will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this notice must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 95-NM-228-AD.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Availability of NPRMs

    Any person may obtain a copy of this NPRM by submitting a request 
to the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, ANM-103, Attention: Rules 
Docket No. 95-NM-228-AD, 1601 Lind Avenue, SW., Renton, Washington 
98055-4056.

Discussion

    The Direction Generale de l'Aviation Civile (DGAC), which is the 
airworthiness authority for France, recently notified the FAA that an 
unsafe condition may exist on all Airbus Model A300-600 series 
airplanes. The DGAC advises that it has received reports of cracking on 
the forward fitting of frame 47 at the level of the last fastener of 
the external angle fitting on Airbus Model A300 B2 and B4 series 
airplanes. The incidents occurred on airplanes that had accumulated 
approximately 20,000 total flights. The cause of such cracking has been 
attributed to fatigue. Fatigue cracking on the forward fitting of frame 
47 at the level of the last fastener of the external angle fitting, if 
not detected and corrected in a timely manner, could result in reduced 
structural integrity of the airframe.
    The subject area on certain Model A300-600 series airplanes is 
identical to that on the affected Model A300 B2 and B4 series 
airplanes. Therefore, those Model A300-600 series airplanes may be 
subject to the same unsafe condition revealed on the Model A300 B2 and 
B4 series airplanes. [AD 93-01-24, amendment 39-8478 (58 FR 6703, 
February 2, 1993) requires inspections of the subject area for affected 
Airbus Model A300 B2 and B4 series airplanes.] Explanation of Relevant 
Service Information

Explanation of Relevant Service Information

    Airbus has issued Service Bulletin A300-57-6049, dated September 9, 
1994, which describes procedures for performing a rotating probe 
inspection to detect cracks of the attachment holes H and I, and 
various follow-on actions. (These follow-on actions include installing 
new fasteners and reaming/drilling holes.) The service bulletin permits 
further flight, under certain conditions, with attachment holes that 
are cracked within certain limits. The DGAC classified this service 
bulletin as mandatory and issued French airworthiness directive 94-241-
170(B), dated November 9, 1994, in order to assure the continued 
airworthiness of these airplanes in France.

Explanation of the Proposed Rule

    This airplane model is manufactured in France and is type 
certificated for operation in the United States under the provisions of 
section 21.29 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 21.29) and 
the applicable bilateral airworthiness agreement. Pursuant to this 
bilateral airworthiness agreement, the DGAC has kept the FAA informed 
of the situation described above. The FAA has examined the findings of 
the DGAC, reviewed all available information, and determined that AD 
action is necessary for products of this type design that are 
certificated for operation in the United States.
    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other airplanes of the same type design, the 
proposed AD would require a rotating probe inspection to detect cracks 
of the attachment holes H and I, and installation of a new fastener and 
follow-on inspections, if necessary. The actions would be required to 
be accomplished in accordance with the service bulletin described 
previously.

Differences Between the Proposed Rule and Relevant Service 
Information

    Operators should note that, unlike the procedures described in the 
referenced service bulletin, this proposed AD would not permit further 
flight with cracking detected in the attachment holes. The FAA has 
determined that, due to safety implications and consequences associated 
with such cracking, the subject attachment holes that are found to be 
cracked must be repaired. Certain repairs would be required to be 
accomplished in accordance with a method approved by the FAA.
    In addition, the service bulletin specifies that inspection 
thresholds and intervals may be adjusted based on certain average 
flight operations of the airplane. However, the FAA has determined that 
in certain cases such adjustments would not address the unsafe 
condition in a timely manner. Therefore, this proposed AD does not 
permit such adjustments. In developing the appropriate compliance time 
for the proposed rule, the FAA considered not only the manufacturer's 
recommendation, but the safety implications involved with cracking on 
the forward fitting of frame 47 at the level of the last fastener of 
the external angle fitting and the number of landings that had been 
accumulated when cracking was detected. In light of these factors, the 
FAA finds the compliance times specified in the proposed AD for 
initiating the required actions to be warranted, in that they represent 
an appropriate interval of time allowable for the affected airplanes to 
continue to operate without compromising safety.
    Furthermore, the service bulletin specifies that operators need not 
count touch-and-go landings in determining the total number of landings 
between two consecutive inspections, even if those landings are less 
than five percent of the landings between inspection intervals. Since 
fatigue cracking that was found on the forward fitting of frame 47 at 
the level of the last fastener of the external angle fitting is 
aggravated by landing, the FAA finds that all touch-and-go landings 
must be counted in determining the total number of landings between two 
consecutive inspections.

Cost Impact

    The FAA estimates that 35 Airbus Model A300-600 series airplanes of 
U.S. registry would be affected by this proposed AD, that it would take 
approximately 37 work hours per airplane to accomplish the proposed 
actions, and that the average labor rate is $60 per work hour. The 
required kits for accomplishing the inspection would cost approximately 
$75 per airplane. Based on these figures, the cost impact of the 
proposed AD on U.S. operators is

[[Page 16420]]

estimated to be $80,325, or $2,295 per airplane.
    The cost impact figure discussed above is based on assumptions that 
no operator has yet accomplished any of the proposed requirements of 
this AD action, and that no operator would accomplish those actions in 
the future if this AD were not adopted.

Regulatory Impact

    The regulations proposed herein would not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this 
proposal would not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant 
the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
    For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this proposed 
regulation (1) is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under 
Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a ``significant rule'' under the DOT 
Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); 
and (3) if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact, 
positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under 
the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. A copy of the draft 
regulatory evaluation prepared for this action is contained in the 
Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained by contacting the Rules 
Docket at the location provided under the caption ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

The Proposed Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 
part 39 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as 
follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding the following new 
airworthiness directive:

Airbus Industrie: Docket 95-NM-228-AD.

    Applicability: All Model A300-600 series airplanes, certificated 
in any category.

    Note 1: This AD applies to each airplane identified in the 
preceding applicability provision, regardless of whether it has been 
modified, altered, or repaired in the area subject to the 
requirements of this AD. For airplanes that have been modified, 
altered, or repaired so that the performance of the requirements of 
this AD is affected, the owner/operator must request approval for an 
alternative method of compliance in accordance with paragraph (f) of 
this AD. The request should include an assessment of the effect of 
the modification, alteration, or repair on the unsafe condition 
addressed by this AD; and, if the unsafe condition has not been 
eliminated, the request should include specific proposed actions to 
address it.

    Compliance: Required as indicated, unless accomplished 
previously.
    To prevent fatigue cracking on the forward fitting of frame 47 
at the level of the last fastener of the external angle fitting, 
which could result in reduced structural integrity of the airframe, 
accomplish the following:
    (a) Perform a rotating probe inspection to detect cracks of the 
attachment holes H and I in accordance with Airbus Service Bulletin 
A300-57-6049, dated September 9, 1994, at the applicable time 
specified in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this AD.
    (1) For airplanes on which Airbus Modification 10454 (reference 
Airbus Service Bulletin A300-57-6050) has not been installed: 
Inspect prior to the accumulation of 13,800 total landings, or 
within 750 landings after the effective date of this AD.
    (2) For airplanes on which Airbus Modification 10454 (reference 
Airbus Service Bulletin A300-57-6050) or Airbus Modification 10155 
has been installed: Inspect prior to the accumulation of 18,700 
total landings, or within 750 landings after the effective date of 
this AD.
    (b) If no crack is found, prior to further flight, install a new 
fastener in accordance with Airbus Service Bulletin A300-57-6049, 
dated September 9, 1994. Repeat the rotating probe inspection 
thereafter at intervals not to exceed 5,600 landings.
    (c) If any crack in hole I is found to be greater than 0.196 
inches in length and/or depth, prior to further flight, repair it in 
accordance with a method approved by the Manager, Standardization 
Branch, ANM-113, FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate.
    (d) If any crack in hole H is found to be greater than .062 
inches in length, prior to further flight, repair it in accordance 
with a method approved by the Manager, Standardization Branch, ANM-
113.
    (e) If any crack in hole H or hole I is found to be less than or 
equal to the limits specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this AD, 
prior to further flight, repair it in accordance with Airbus Service 
Bulletin A300-57-6049, dated September 9, 1994.
    (f) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be 
used if approved by the Manager, Standardization Branch, ANM-113, 
FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate. Operators shall submit their 
requests through an appropriate FAA Principal Maintenance Inspector, 
who may add comments and then send it to the Manager, 
Standardization Branch, ANM-113.

    Note 2: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this AD, if any, may be 
obtained from the Standardization Branch, ANM-113.

    (g) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the airplane to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.

    Issued in Renton, Washington, on April 9, 1996.
Darrell M. Pederson,
Acting Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-9233 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9231 Airworthiness Directives; CFM International CFM56-5 Series Turbofan Engines
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16420-16422]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9231]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
14 CFR Part 39

[Docket No. 95-ANE-63]

Airworthiness Directives; CFM International CFM56-5 Series 
Turbofan Engines

AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document proposes the adoption of a new airworthiness 
directive (AD) that is applicable to CFM International CFM56-5 series 
turbofan engines. This proposal would require rework of the air turbine 
engine starter. This proposal is prompted by three reports of air 
turbine engine starter failures. The actions specified by the proposed 
AD are intended to prevent an air turbine engine starter failure, which 
could result in damage to the engine electrical harnesses.

DATES: Comments must be received by June 14, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Submit comments in triplicate to the Federal Aviation 
Administration (FAA), New England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief 
Counsel, Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-ANE-63, 12 New England 
Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803-5299. Comments may be inspected at 
this location between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, 
except Federal holidays.
    The service information referenced in the proposed rule may be 
obtained from CFM International, Technical Publications Department, One 
Neumann Way, Cincinnati, OH 45215; telephone (513)552-2981, fax 
(513)552-2816. This information may be examined at the FAA, New England 
Region, Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, 12 New England Executive 
Park, Burlington, MA.

[[Page 16421]]

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Robert J. Ganley, Aerospace Engineer, 
Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine and Propeller Directorate, 12 
New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803-5299; telephone (617) 
238-7138, fax (617) 238-7199.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Comments Invited

    Interested persons are invited to participate in the making of the 
proposed rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments as 
they may desire. Communications should identify the Rules Docket number 
and be submitted in triplicate to the address specified above. All 
communications received on or before the closing date for comments, 
specified above, will be considered before taking action on the 
proposed rule. The proposals contained in this notice may be changed in 
light of the comments received.
    Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, 
economic, environmental, and energy aspects of the proposed rule. All 
comments submitted will be available, both before and after the closing 
date for comments, in the Rules Docket for examination by interested 
persons. A report summarizing each FAA-public contact concerned with 
the substance of this proposal will be filed in the Rules Docket.
    Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments 
submitted in response to this notice must submit a self-addressed, 
stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: ``Comments 
to Docket Number 95-ANE-63.'' The postcard will be date stamped and 
returned to the commenter.

Availability of NPRMs

    Any person may obtain a copy of this NPRM by submitting a request 
to the FAA, New England Region, Office of the Assistant Chief Counsel, 
Attention: Rules Docket No. 95-ANE-63, 12 New England Executive Park, 
Burlington, MA 01803-5299.

Discussion

    This proposed airworthiness directive (AD) is applicable to CFM 
International (CFMI) CFM56-5 series turbofan engines. The Federal 
Aviation Administration (FAA) has received three reports of air turbine 
engine starter failures. During high speed clutch engagements, the 
clutch pawls can fail and liberate into several pieces. These liberated 
pieces can then jam in between the driveshaft and the hub gear. This 
jamming can permit the engine to backdrive the starter, resulting in 
failure of the starter. The resulting heat from the failure may cause 
damage to the engine electrical harnesses. The installation of a pawl 
retaining plate on the driveshaft will assure the pawl remains in the 
correct position during high impact re-engagements. This condition, if 
not corrected, could result in an air turbine engine starter failure, 
which could result in damage to the engine electrical harnesses.
    The FAA has reviewed and approved the technical contents of CFMI 
CFM56-5 Service Bulletin (SB) No. 80-003, Revision 5, dated October 25, 
1994, that describes procedures for the air turbine engine starter 
rework.
    Since an unsafe condition has been identified that is likely to 
exist or develop on other products of this same type design, the 
proposed AD would require rework of the air turbine engine starter 
prior to October 31, 1996. This compliance end-date has been determined 
based on shop visit rates. The actions would be required to be 
accomplished in accordance with the SB described previously.
    The FAA estimates that 190 engines installed on aircraft of U.S. 
registry would be affected by this proposed AD, that it would take 
approximately 2 work hours per engine to accomplish the proposed 
actions, and that the average labor rate is $60 per work hour. Required 
parts would cost approximately $2,400 per engine. Based on these 
figures, the total cost impact of the proposed AD on U.S. operators is 
estimated to be $478,800.
    The regulations proposed herein would not have substantial direct 
effects on the States, on the relationship between the national 
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and 
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in 
accordance with Executive Order 12612, it is determined that this 
proposal would not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant 
the preparation of a Federalism Assessment.
     For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this proposed 
regulation (1) is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under 
Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a ``significant rule'' under the DOT 
Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); 
and (3) if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact, 
positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under 
the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. A copy of the draft 
regulatory evaluation prepared for this action is contained in the 
Rules Docket. A copy of it may be obtained by contacting the Rules 
Docket at the location provided under the caption ADDRESSES.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

    Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Safety.

The Proposed Amendment

    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the 
Administrator, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 
part 39 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR part 39) as 
follows:

PART 39--AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

    1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.

Sec. 39.13  [Amended]

    2. Section 39.13 is amended by adding the following new 
airworthiness directive:

CFM International: Docket No. 95-ANE-63.

    Applicability: CFM International (CFMI) CFM56-5 series turbofan 
engines, installed with air turbine engine starter, Part Number 301-
781-201-0, installed on but not limited to Airbus A320 series 
aircraft.

    Note: This airworthiness directive (AD) applies to each engine 
identified in the preceding applicability provision, regardless of 
whether it has been modified, altered, or repaired in the area 
subject to the requirements of this AD. For engines that have been 
modified, altered, or repaired so that the performance of the 
requirements of this AD is affected, the owner/operator must use the 
authority provided in paragraph (b) to request approval from the 
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). This approval may address 
either no action, if the current configuration eliminates the unsafe 
condition, or different actions necessary to address the unsafe 
condition described in this AD. Such a request should include an 
assessment of the effect of the changed configuration on the unsafe 
condition addressed by this AD. In no case does the presence of any 
modification, alteration, or repair remove any engine from the 
applicability of this AD.

    -Compliance: Required on or before October 31, 1996, unless 
accomplished previously.
    To prevent an air turbine engine starter failure, which could 
result in damage to the engine electrical harnesses, accomplish the 
following:
    (a) For air turbine engine starters, Part Number 301-781-201-0, 
that have not been previously reworked in accordance with any 
revision level of CFMI CFM56-5 Service Bulletin (SB) No. 80-003, 
rework the air turbine engine starter in accordance with the 
Accomplishment Instructions of CFMI CFM56-5 SB No. 80-003, Revision 
5, dated October 25, 1994.
    (b) An alternative method of compliance or adjustment of the 
compliance time that provides an acceptable level of safety may be

[[Page 16422]]

used if approved by the Manager, Engine Certification Office. The 
request should be forwarded through an appropriate FAA Principal 
Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the 
Manager, Engine Certification Office.

    Note: Information concerning the existence of approved 
alternative methods of compliance with this airworthiness directive, 
if any, may be obtained from the Engine Certification Office.

    (c) Special flight permits may be issued in accordance with 
sections 21.197 and 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 
CFR 21.197 and 21.199) to operate the aircraft to a location where 
the requirements of this AD can be accomplished.

    Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts, on March 29, 1996.
Jay J. Pardee,
Manager, Engine and Propeller Directorate, Aircraft Certification 
Service.
[FR Doc. 96-9231 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-13-U

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9200 North Pacific Fishery Management Council; Agenda Addition
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16455-16456]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9200]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 16456]]

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

50 CFR Parts 671, 672, 674, and 675

[I.D. 031896B]

North Pacific Fishery Management Council; Agenda Addition

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Addition to meeting agenda.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The agenda for the meetings of the North Pacific Fishery 
Management Council (Council) and its advisory bodies, which are 
scheduled for April 17-22, 1996, in Anchorage, AK, and that was 
published on March 26, 1996, has been amended to include a discussion 
of proposed regulations.

DATES: April 17-22, 1996.
ADDRESSES: Anchorage Hilton Hotel, 500 W. 3rd Avenue, Anchorage, AK 
99501.
    Council address: North Pacific Fishery Management Council, 605 W. 
4th Ave., Suite 306, Anchorage, AK 99501-2252.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Council staff, Phone: 907-271-2809.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The initial agenda published on March 26, 
1996 (61 FR 13155) and is now amended to include Council discussion of 
proposed consolidation of regulations for groundfish and crab fisheries 
off Alaska and a review of a proposed rule to repeal the Council's 
Salmon Fishery Management Plan.

Special Accommodations

    This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. 
Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids 
should be directed to Helen Allen, 907-271-2809, at least 5 working 
days prior to the meeting date.

    Dated: April 9, 1996.
Richard H. Schaefer,
Director, Office of Fisheries Conservation and Management, National 
Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 96-9200 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9199 Federal Fisheries off Alaska; Salmon Donation Program
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Page 16456]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9199]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
50 CFR Parts 672 and 675

[I.D. 040996A]
RIN 0648-AH03

Federal Fisheries off Alaska; Salmon Donation Program

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice of availability of amendments to fishery management 
plans; request for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) has 
submitted Amendment 26 to the Fishery Management Plan for the 
Groundfish Fishery of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Island Area and 
Amendment 29 to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf 
of Alaska (FMPs). These amendments would authorize a voluntary Salmon 
Donation Program (SDP) for distribution of Pacific salmon taken as 
bycatch in the groundfish trawl fisheries off Alaska to economically 
disadvantaged individuals by tax-exempt organizations through a NMFS 
authorized distributor. Comments are requested from the public.

DATES: Comments on the proposed amendments to the FMPs must be 
submitted by June 10, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Comments on the proposed amendments to the FMPs must be 
submitted to Ronald J. Berg, Chief, Fisheries Management Division, 
Alaska Region, NMFS, P.O. Box 21668, Juneau, AK, 99802, Attn: Lori 
Gravel, or delivered to the Federal Building, 709 West 9th Street, 
Juneau, AK. Copies of the proposed amendments and the environmental 
assessment/regulatory impact review prepared for the proposed action 
may be obtained from the North Pacific Fishery Management Council, 605 
West 4th Avenue, Suite 306, Anchorage, AK 99510-2252, telephone 907-
271-2809.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Susan J. Salveson, 907-586-7229.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The Magnuson Fishery Conservation and 
Management Act (Magnuson Act) requires that each Regional Fishery 
Management Council submit any fishery management plan or plan amendment 
it prepares to NMFS for review and approval, disapproval, or partial 
disapproval. The Magnuson Act also requires that NMFS, after receiving 
a fishery management plan or amendment, immediately publish a notice in 
the Federal Register that the fishery management plan or amendment is 
available for public review and comment. NMFS will consider the public 
comments received during the comment period in determining whether to 
approve these amendments.
    Amendments 26 and 29 would authorize a voluntary SDP. The SDP's 
objective is to distribute salmon taken as bycatch in the groundfish 
trawl fisheries off Alaska to economically disadvantaged individuals by 
tax-exempt organizations, thereby reducing waste from discards in the 
groundfish trawl fisheries. Participants in the SDP would voluntarily 
retain and process salmon bycatch for delivery to an authorized 
distributor selected by NMFS. Vessels and processors would incur the 
costs of handling, processing, storing, and delivering donated salmon 
to tax-exempt organizations. Vessel operators and processors seeking to 
participate in the SDP must receive a Salmon Retention Permit from a 
NMFS-authorized distributor prior to retaining or processing salmon for 
donation purposes.
    Federal regulations to implement Amendments 26 and 29 are scheduled 
to be published within 15 days of the date of publication of this 
document.

    Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: April 9, 1996.
Richard H. Schaefer,
Director, Office of Fisheries Conservation and Management, National 
Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 96-9199 Filed 4-9-96; 4:51 pm]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-F

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9195 Cable Television Leased Commercial Access
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16447-16455]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9195]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 76

[CS Docket No. 96-60; FCC 96-122]

Cable Television Leased Commercial Access

AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.

ACTION: Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Commission has adopted an Order on Reconsideration of the 
First Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 
regarding implementation of the leased commercial access provisions of 
the 1992 Cable Act. The Order on Reconsideration segment of this 
decision may be found elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register. 
The Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (``Further Notice'') segment 
invites comment on whether the Commission should amend its commercial 
leased access rules regarding maximum reasonable rates, part-time 
rates, preferential access, tier and channel placement, operators' 
obligation to open new leased access channels and bump existing non-
leased access services, selection of leased access programmers, 
minority and educational programmers, procedures for resolution of 
disputes, and resale of leased access time. The Further Notice is 
intended to respond to certain petitions for reconsideration of the 
Commission's current leased access rules.

DATES: Comments are due on or before May 15, 1996, and reply comments 
are due on or before May 31, 1996. Written comments by the public on 
the proposed and/or modified information collections are due May 15, 
1996. Written comments must be submitted by the Office of Management 
and Budget (``OMB'') on the proposed and/or modified information 
collections on or before June 14, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Office of Secretary, Federal Communications Commission, 1919 
M Street, NW., Washington, DC 20554. In addition to filing comments 
with the Secretary, a copy of any comments on the information 
collections contained herein should be submitted to Dorothy Conway, 
Federal Communications Commission, Room 234, 1919 M Street, NW., 
Washington, DC 20554, or via the Internet to [email protected], and to 
Timothy Fain, OMB Desk Officer, 10236 NEOB, 725--17th Street, NW., 
Washington, DC 20503 or via the Internet to [email protected].

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, CONTACT: Lynn Crakes, Cable Services Bureau, 
(202) 416-0800. For additional information concerning the information 
collections contained in this Further Notice, contact Dorothy Conway at 
(202) 418-0217, or via the Internet at [email protected].

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a synopsis of the Commission's 
Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, CS Docket No. 96-60, adopted 
March 21, 1996, and released March 29, 1996. The full text of this 
decision is available for inspection and copying during normal business 
hours in the FCC Reference Center, Room 239, 1919 M Street, NW., 
Washington, DC 20554, and may be purchased from the Commission's copy 
contractor, International Transcription Services, Inc., (202) 857-3800, 
1919 M Street, NW., Washington, DC 20554.

Synopsis of the Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking

I. Maximum Rate Formula

    1. The Commission believes that its goal in determining a maximum 
reasonable rate should be to promote the statutory objectives of 
competition and diversity in programming sources without financially 
burdening the operators, rather than to develop a price that will 
necessarily be lower or higher than rates derived under the current 
highest implicit fee formula. The Commission believes that, if the 
maximum rate for leased access is reasonable, the resulting demand for 
leased access channels will also be reasonable. It is in this context 
that the Commission is re-examining the highest implicit fee formula. 
The Commission believes that the highest implicit fee formula is likely 
to overcompensate

[[Page 16448]]

cable operators and does not sufficiently promote the goals underlying 
the leased access provisions. The Commission has therefore developed an 
alternative that it believes may better promote the goals of leased 
access.

A. Economic Justification for the Proposed Cost/Market Rate Formula

    2. The Commission tentatively concludes that its approach to 
setting a maximum rate should (a) encourage the use of the set-aside 
channels without giving programmers a subsidy, and (b) allocate the 
channels to the leased access programmers that value the channels most 
(i.e., are willing to pay the most) when the demand for leased access 
channels exceeds the statutory set-aside requirement. The Commission 
therefore tentatively concludes that the maximum rate for leased access 
should depend on whether a cable operator is leasing its full statutory 
set-aside requirement. The Commission requests comment on these 
tentative conclusions.
    3. The Commission also tentatively concludes that, when the set-
aside capacity is not fully leased to unaffiliated programmers (or 
minority or educational programmers pursuant to Section 612(i) of the 
Communications Act), the maximum rate should be based on the operator's 
reasonable costs (i.e., the costs of operating the cable system plus 
the additional costs related to leased access), including a reasonable 
profit. The Commission believes that a cost-based pricing scheme can 
promote leased access without providing a subsidy to programmers. The 
purpose of the cost formula is not to lower rates; it does not ensure 
that leased access programming will increase or that the maximum rate 
for leased access programmers will decrease. Programmers who cannot 
afford the cost-based rate will not and should not gain access because 
they would impose a financial burden on operators.
    4. In addition, the cost formula is not intended to guarantee that 
all operating costs will be fully recovered, but is intended to permit 
the operator to continue to recover the same proportion of operating 
costs from subscriber revenues as were recovered before the channel was 
used for leased access. Thus, under the proposed cost formula, the 
operator would not be adversely affected in terms of its ability to pay 
operating costs. The Commission asks for comment on these tentative 
conclusions.
    5. The portion of the maximum rate for leased access channels 
included in a tier of programming which the Commission proposes be paid 
by the leased access programmer (the ``programmer charge'') would be 
based on the reasonable costs (including reasonable profits) that 
leased access imposes on the operator. Operators would be allowed to 
recover only those types of opportunity costs which can reasonably be 
attributed to carriage of the leased access programming and which are 
reasonably quantifiable.
    6. On the other hand, the Commission tentatively concludes that if 
the operator satisfies its set-aside requirement, the maximum rate 
should be a market rate determined by negotiation between the operator 
and the leased access programmer. The Commission believes that market 
rates will most effectively determine which programmers should receive 
leased access on the system when the operator's set-aside is satisfied. 
Within the leased access market, those programmers who are able to pay 
the most for channel capacity would presumably be able to acquire the 
set-aside channels. The higher price which some leased access 
programmers may offer to pay for the channel capacity reflects the 
greater ability and willingness of consumers to pay for the programming 
to be carried on each of these channels. Thus, relying on market prices 
to allocate channel capacity provides consumers with an efficient 
mechanism to communicate their preferences about which leased access 
programming should be carried by the operator. The Commission seeks 
comment on these tentative conclusions.
    7. The Commission recognizes that the market rate may rise above 
the operator's costs; such prices, however, are the result of 
competition among unaffiliated programmers to use the statutory leased 
access channel capacity. The Commission believes that, so long as the 
operator is accommodating leased access to the full extent required by 
Congress and Section 612, any price increase would be reasonable. Under 
the Commission's proposal, the operator cannot charge market rates if 
the number of channels leased falls below the number designated by the 
statute. Thus, a higher rate would reflect excess demand by programmers 
for the operator's statutory channel capacity.
    8. In general, market power refers to the ability of a seller to 
restrict output below the desirable level and to set a price above 
costs (i.e., to set an unreasonable rate). In the leased access 
context, Congress has defined the appropriate level of output by 
establishing the set-aside requirement, and the operator cannot 
restrict the output below this level. Therefore, even if the market 
rate rises above the operator's costs, the Commission does not believe 
that the operator is charging unreasonable rates since Congress has 
determined the appropriate level of output. The Commission seeks 
comment on these tentative conclusions.
    9. The Commission seeks comment on the extent to which negotiated 
rates are adequate to address Congress' mandate that the Commission set 
a maximum reasonable rate and the extent to which negotiated rates 
could be used to exercise editorial control over the leased access 
channels, contrary to Congress' intent. The Commission also asks for 
comment on how operators may choose between competing programmers. For 
instance, the Commission asks if operators should be required to select 
the highest bidder. The Commission also seeks comment on any 
alternatives for setting maximum rates when an operator is leasing its 
full set-aside capacity.
    10. The Commission does not propose to maintain the programmer 
categories established under the highest implicit fee formula under the 
proposed cost formula. Our proposed cost formula is based purely on the 
operator's costs associated with its system and leased access 
programming. and does not base the maximum rate on the economics which 
the leased access programmer faces. The Commission therefore does not 
believe that treating different programmers differently is appropriate 
under the cost formula. Accordingly, the Commission tentatively 
concludes that it will not establish programmer categories for 
implementation of the cost formula, and requests comment on this 
tentative conclusion.

B. Calculation of the Maximum Rate Under the Proposed Cost Formula

1. Designating Channels
    11. The Commission proposes that the cost formula determine a 
maximum leased access rate based on the cost of the channels designated 
to be used for leased access by an operator. The opportunity costs 
would be derived from the programming that is actually bumped from the 
operator's programming line-up.
    12. To derive the channel cost under the proposed cost formula, an 
operator would first select the specific channels it would use for 
leased access programming, as demand arises, in order to meet its set-
aside requirement. The Commission proposes that the operator would be 
required to place these channel designations, including the channel 
numbers and the programming carried on each channel at

[[Page 16449]]

the time the operator calculates the maximum rate under the cost 
formula, in its public file. The operator would be required to 
designate enough channels to satisfy its full set-aside requirement. 
Basing the rate on the actual designated channels would be attractive 
from an economic perspective because the compensation to the operator 
would be based on its actual costs of leasing the designated channels. 
The Commission requests comment on this proposal generally. The 
Commission also requests comment on how the Commission might restrict 
an operator's ability to manipulate its designation of channels so as 
to derive a prohibitively high rate in an effort to impede leased 
access. For example, the Commission asks whether there should be a 
presumption against an operator designating only its highest valued 
channels in such a way as to inflate its maximum leased access rate. 
The Commission also asks whether operators should be permitted to base 
their maximum rate calculation on affiliated programming, if the 
operator designates channels that carry such affiliated programming.
2. Operating Costs
    13. The first component of the proposed cost formula is the 
operating costs. The Commission tentatively defines operating costs to 
include fixed and variable costs that the cable operator incurs 
regardless of what programming is carried over the channel. Commission 
data shows that, in the tier context, this component, including a 
reasonable rate of return, is substantially covered by the revenue the 
operator receives from subscribers. Using subscriber revenue as a proxy 
for the operating costs for tiered channels allows the operator to 
recover its operating costs to the same extent as it did with non-
leased access programming on the channel. The Commission therefore 
tentatively concludes that it is appropriate for purposes of the 
proposed cost formula to designate subscriber revenue as the operator's 
payment toward its operating costs. Thus, the operator would not need 
to calculate its operating costs for channels that are currently on 
programming tiers (or dark), and would instead use the amount 
representing the average subscriber revenue per channel as its 
operating costs per channel in calculating the cost formula.
    14. Similarly, the Commission proposes that operators would not 
need to calculate their operating costs for channels that are currently 
carried as premium services or on unregulated programming tiers. As 
with channels carried on regulated programming tiers, the Commission 
believes that using the subscriber revenue for an unregulated channel 
as its payment toward its operating costs will allow the operator to 
recover its operating costs to the same extent as it does with the non-
leased access programming carried on the channel. The Commission 
recognizes that unregulated subscriber revenue might recover more than 
the operator's operating costs; however, the Commission believes that 
any profit which is generated from subscriber revenue could be viewed 
as an opportunity cost imposed on the operator who forgoes these 
profits when this channel is used to carry leased access programming. 
For simplicity, the Commission proposes not to require the operator to 
deduct this lost profit from the operating cost portion of the formula 
simply to add it back to the opportunity cost portion. The Commission 
seeks comment on these tentative conclusions.
3. Net Opportunity Costs
    15. The Commission proposes that the second component of the cost 
formula, ``net opportunity costs,'' would include the reasonable costs 
(or cost savings) that the operator incurs by leasing the channel to 
the leased access programmer that it would not have incurred had it 
continued with the current use of the channel. In other words, the net 
opportunity cost portion of the cost formula would include reasonably 
quantifiable costs (or savings) associated with carrying the leased 
access programming instead of other programming. The Commission 
recognizes that our proposed formula does not incorporate all 
opportunity costs. As discussed below, some costs are not easily 
quantified; other costs the Commission does not believe are appropriate 
to include in the leased access fee. In order to provide some 
uniformity in the calculation of opportunity costs, the Commission 
proposes to identify categories of quantifiable costs which operators 
may include in calculating the cost formula.
    16. The first category of opportunity costs for which the 
Commission proposes to allow recovery is lost advertising revenues. 
This type of lost revenue would be a quantifiable opportunity cost when 
the operator is forced to bump a non-leased access programmer to 
accommodate the leased access programmer, or when the operator is 
forced to forego placing new programming on a dark channel. The 
Commission does not propose to reduce the opportunity cost for lost 
advertising revenue by the value of any advertising time the operator 
may receive from the leased access programmer. The Commission believes 
that the leased access programmer is entitled to pay no more than the 
maximum rate, regardless of whether the operator receives advertising 
time. If the leased access programmer does not want to give the 
operator advertising time, the Commission tentatively concludes that 
the programmer is not required to do so. On the other hand, if the 
programmer wishes to bargain for a lower rate in exchange for 
advertising time, the Commission believes such bargaining is fully 
permitted by our rules and is a matter to be negotiated between the 
parties. The Commission requests comment on these tentative 
conclusions.
    17. The Commission proposes that the second opportunity cost 
category should be lost commissions. If, for example, to accommodate a 
leased access channel, an operator were to bump a direct sales 
programmer from which the operator receives a percentage of the 
programmer's revenues, those commissions constitute a quantifiable 
opportunity cost which the Commission proposes be factored into the 
cost formula. The Commission requests comment on this proposal.
    18. On the other hand, the Commission also believes that any 
program license fee that the operator does not have to pay because the 
non-leased access programming is not being carried is a cost savings. 
The Commission believes that such a cost savings should be factored 
into the calculation of the operator's net opportunity cost. The 
Commission tentatively concludes that cable operators should be 
required to deduct any license or programming fees that the operator 
does not have to pay due to the carriage of the leased access 
programming. One possible concern is the extent to which either the 
operator or the programmer can influence the license fees paid for non-
leased access programming. The Commission asks how, if at all, the 
operator or programmer can influence the programming license fee and 
how that influence might affect the Commission's measurement of 
programming cost savings under the proposed cost formula.
    19. Another cost category which the Commission believes may be 
appropriate relates to technical costs (e.g., the cost of scrambling) 
incurred by the operator in offering leased access programming. If, for 
example, a programmer asks to lease channel capacity for a premium 
service, an operator may incur additional costs of

[[Page 16450]]

limiting that programming to subscribers of the leased access service. 
Thus, under our proposed cost formula, those costs could be included in 
calculating the maximum rate. The Commission proposes to distinguish 
these technical costs from those for technical support for which the 
operator is permitted to charge separately. The Commission requests 
comment on these proposals.
    20. Another potential opportunity cost category could be any 
reduction in the tier charge that the operator charges the subscriber 
when the reduction is caused by substituting the leased access 
programming for non-leased access programming. Although the Commission 
believes that there would be no such lost subscriber revenue under the 
Commission's going forward methodology, it seeks comment on how an 
operator might be able to demonstrate that its subscriber revenue is 
quantifiably reduced on a specific designated channel because of the 
leased access programming carried on that same channel, and, if this is 
possible, whether the operator should be permitted to include this loss 
in the cost formula.
    21. The Commission tentatively concludes that the cost formula 
should not explicitly include revenue lost because of a purported loss 
in subscribership to a particular tier because particular programming 
is dropped. The Commission tentatively concludes that, in the tier 
context, any such subscriber loss is too speculative to measure 
accurately. In the premium context, however, the Commission believes 
that this subscriber loss is included by allowing the operator to 
include an amount in the proposed cost formula equal to the total 
subscriber revenue for the bumped channel. In addition, operators would 
be able to consider any potential loss of subscribership in deciding 
which channels to designate for leased access. Nonetheless, the 
Commission requests comment on how our cost formula might measure 
changes in subscriber penetration due to the addition of leased access 
programming.
    22. The Commission also recognizes that there may be opportunity 
costs associated with using a channel for leased access which does not 
currently carry programming, i.e., a dark channel. The Commission 
believes that the presence of dark channels on a system does not 
necessarily indicate a lack of available programming. As an example, an 
operator might reserve a dark channel in anticipation of more desirable 
programming becoming available in the future. The Commission proposes 
to allow operators to approximate the opportunity costs of dark 
channels by assigning dark channels the per channel opportunity cost of 
the programmed channels on the system with opportunity costs that have 
the lowest positive values, not including programmed channels that the 
operators are required to carry such as must-carry stations, public, 
educational and governmental (``PEG'') access channels, or any leased 
access channels already being carried. If one designated channel is 
dark, the operator would assign it the opportunity cost of the 
programmed channel on the system which has the opportunity cost with 
the lowest positive value; if an operator designates two dark channels 
for leased access, it would assign the opportunity cost of the two 
programmed channels on the system which have the lowest opportunity 
cost with a positive value, and so on. The Commission seeks comment on 
this proposal.
    23. The Commission believes that it is necessary to use only 
channels with positive opportunity costs as proxies for dark channels, 
because operators generally will not carry programming that has a 
negative economic benefit to them, which is what a negative opportunity 
cost value would indicate. The Commission suspects that, if a channel 
has a negative net opportunity cost, it may be because the cost formula 
does not include an approximation of the value of subscriber 
penetration. Although the Commission does not believe that it can 
accurately measure loss in subscriber penetration that may be caused by 
substituting leased access programming for non-leased access 
programming for purposes of the cost formula, the Commission 
tentatively concludes that using only those channels with a positive 
opportunity cost as proxies for dark channels will compensate for this 
limitation. As also stated above, however, the Commission requests 
comment on how it might measure changes in subscriber penetration due 
to the addition of leased access programming. The Commission asks how 
it might identify which channels should not be deemed to have the 
lowest opportunity cost for purposes of approximating the opportunity 
costs of dark channels.
4. Averaging the Per Channel Costs for All Designated Channels
    24. Because the operator may select designated channels from the 
basic service tier (``BST''), any cable programming service tier 
(``CPST''), or premium services, the Commission believes that the 
corresponding per channel costs will vary depending on the number of 
subscribers that receive each service. Consequently, the Commission 
proposes that all costs must be computed on a per channel basis rather 
than on a per subscriber basis. As discussed below, the per channel 
costs for each designated channel could then be used to determine the 
average channel costs of a designated channel.
    25. The Commission tentatively concludes that applying an average 
channel cost to leased access will promote fairness because all leased 
access programmers will be subject to the same maximum rate. The 
Commission notes that an operator's designation of leased access 
channels is made independently of the leased access programmer's 
request for access. The Commission does not believe that the operator 
should be required to bump the same type of service (i.e., a channel on 
the BST, a CPST, or a premium channel) that is requested by the leased 
access programmer. The Commission also believes that averaging the 
channel costs would mitigate against the operator's ability to 
manipulate the cost formula by designating one high cost channel and 
requiring a particular leased access programmer that the operator wants 
to keep off its system to pay the opportunity costs for that particular 
programming.
    26. Therefore, the Commission proposes that, after the operator has 
calculated the per channel opportunity costs and added the 
corresponding subscriber revenue (as a proxy for operating costs) to 
obtain a total per channel cost, the operator should average these per 
channel costs by adding them all together and dividing by the number of 
designated channels. The result would be the Commission's proposed 
cost-based maximum rate for a leased access channel if the operator has 
not fulfilled its leased access set-aside requirement. The Commission 
seeks comment on whether averaging the per channel costs is appropriate 
under the proposed cost formula.
5. Calculating the Leased Access Programmer Charge
    27. Under our proposed cost formula, once the operator determines 
the maximum rate as set forth above, the operator would determine how 
much of that maximum rate it could charge the leased access programmer. 
If the leased access programming is to be carried on a programming 
tier, the proposed cost formula would allow the operator to collect and 
retain revenue for that channel from the subscribers to the tier as 
payment for its operating costs. However, to avoid a double recovery by

[[Page 16451]]

the operator, the operator would not be permitted to include these 
operating costs in computing the portion of the maximum rate that the 
operator may charge the leased access programmer. The operator would 
therefore be required to subtract the total subscriber revenue for the 
channel from the maximum rate. The difference would be the programmer 
charge, i.e., the maximum amount that the operator would be permitted 
to charge the leased access programmer directly. The Commission 
requests comment on this proposal.
    28. The Commission tentatively concludes that if a leased access 
channel is to be carried as a premium service, the full maximum rate 
derived from the cost formula could be charged to the leased access 
programmer, to the extent that all of the monthly subscriber revenue 
for the leased access channel flows to the leased access programmer. 
The Commission believes that this is appropriate because the Commission 
cannot assume that the leased access premium service will attract the 
same subscribership as the non-leased access programming. Thus, the 
operator would be allowed to charge the full maximum rate which 
recovers its costs. In return, the programmer would receive all the 
subscriber revenues from its premium service. The Commission requests 
comment on these tentative conclusions.
6. Adjustment for Part-Time Administrative Costs
    29. Regardless of whether the leased access programming is carried 
on a tier or as a premium service, the Commission recognizes that there 
may be additional costs associated with part-time leases. The 
Commission therefore tentatively concludes that operators should be 
permitted to charge a part-time leased access programmer the actual 
incurred costs of negotiating and administering the programmer's part-
time contract which exceed what normally would be spent in negotiating 
and administering a full-time leased access programming contract. The 
Commission does not believe that it is more expensive for an operator 
to negotiate and administer a full-time leased access programming 
contract than it is for them to negotiate and administer a full-time 
non-leased access programming contract. The Commission therefore 
proposes not to allow operators to charge full-time leased access 
programmers for administrative costs. Under our proposal, the 
additional costs associated with part-time leasing would be added to 
the programmer charge derived in accordance with the procedures 
described above for determining rates for leased access programming 
carried on a tier or as a premium service. The Commission asks for 
comment on these tentative conclusions.

C. Market Rate as the Maximum Rate

    30. As discussed above, the Commission believes that, once an 
operator fulfills its set-aside requirement, the maximum cost-based 
rate should be replaced by a market based rate and not capped by the 
proposed cost formula. Under this proposal, the operator would be 
allowed to charge whatever rate it could negotiate with the leased 
access programmers, as long as the operator continues to meet its 
statutory set-aside requirement. Whether the operator retains the 
subscriber revenue would be a matter negotiated between the parties. 
Leased access programmers would then be forced to compete against each 
other for limited channel space, much the same as non-leased access 
programmers do. The Commission tentatively concludes that the pressure 
on the operator to meet its set-aside requirement and the competition 
between the programmers seeking leased access will determine an 
appropriate market rate.
    31. The Commission proposes that operators would be permitted to 
renegotiate the rate charged leased access programmers upon renewal of 
each programmer's contract, as long as the operator continues to 
fulfill its set-aside requirement. Thus, if the set-aside requirement 
has been filled, a current leased access programmer who gained access 
at the cost formula rate would have an opportunity at the end of its 
contract to bid against rival leased access programmers to obtain the 
right to continue to be carried on the system. If the amount of leased 
access programming being carried drops below the set-aside requirement, 
the operator would be required to return to the cost formula to 
determine the maximum rate on new programming contracts, as well as on 
contracts that are renewed at any time while the set-aside requirement 
is not met. The Commission seeks comment on this proposal generally, 
and asks whether this proposal complies with our statutory mandate to 
establish maximum reasonable rates. The Commission also seeks comment 
on whether operators could exercise editorial control over leased 
access programmers contrary to Congress' intent, if rates for leased 
access were market based. In addition, the Commission requests comment 
on alternatives for setting maximum reasonable rates when an operator 
has satisfied its set-aside requirement.

D. Transition Period

    32. The Commission tentatively concludes that, on the effective 
date of the maximum rate-setting rules which the Commission will adopt 
in response to this Further Notice, operators should be required to 
implement the adopted formula, whatever it may be, for (a) programmers 
that are currently leasing channel capacity from an operator and (b) 
programmers demanding leased access on a system that has unused (or 
dark) channel capacity. The Commission requests comment on this 
tentative conclusion. The Commission believes, however, that transition 
relief may be appropriate in the case of new leased access requests 
with respect to systems that do not have any dark channels, where 
operators would be forced to bump existing programming in order to 
accommodate a leased access request. The Commission recognizes that, 
when an operator places non-leased access programming on a channel 
designated for leased access, the operator and programmer generally 
assume the risk that the programming may have to be bumped for a leased 
access programmer. The risk of having to bump, however, may increase 
with the introduction of whatever formula the Commission adopts, 
depending on the extent to which rates using the adopted formula affect 
the utilization of leased access. A transition to the new formula might 
(a) avoid unduly penalizing operators and programmers for decisions to 
use designated channels for non-leased access programming that were 
reasonably based on circumstances created by the Commission's previous 
rules, and (b) mitigate against the sudden disruption to subscribers' 
programming line-ups. The Commission therefore requests comment on 
whether it should phase in the proposed cost formula, or any other rate 
setting formula which the Commission may adopt, for those leased access 
requests that can only be accommodated by bumping existing non-leased 
access programming. The Commission also asks whether such transition 
relief should be applied to dark channels for which the operator has 
programming contracts in place. The Commission asks for comment on how 
a transition might be accomplished and the specific mechanism the 
Commission should employ. In this context, commenters should explain 
how any proposed transition period would be consistent with the 
Commission's obligation to establish maximum reasonable rates for 
leased access.

[[Page 16452]]

E. Adjusting Leased Access Rates Over Time

    33. As described above, the proposed cost formula would require 
operators to designate the specific channels they will use to satisfy 
their set-aside requirement. The Commission proposes that an operator's 
selections are binding and the designated channels must be the ones 
that are in fact used to accommodate leased access requests. The 
Commission does not believe, however, that operators should be required 
to adhere to their initial designations indefinitely, since the 
popularity and profitability of a designated channel could unexpectedly 
increase and the operator might no longer want to use it for leased 
access. The Commission tentatively concludes that, in order to account 
for change, operators should be allowed to redesignate their unused 
leased access channel capacity on an annual basis. The Commission 
requests comment on these tentative conclusions, and asks how an 
operator's maximum leased access rates should be adjusted over time. 
Our presumption in allowing operators this flexibility is that 
operators generally will want to use their least profitable channels 
for leased access, and so will redesignate a channel that is less 
profitable than the one that is being replaced. If an operator 
redesignates a channel that is significantly more profitable than the 
previously selected channel, and the redesignation would raise the 
operator's maximum rate, the Commission tentatively concludes that the 
redesignation would be evidence of an attempt to inflate the maximum 
rate in contravention of the purposes of our rules and the statute.
    34. In addition to permitting redesignation of leased access 
channels, the Commission tentatively concludes that operators should be 
permitted to recalculate their maximum rates annually, in order to 
account for changes in the allowable opportunity costs of designated 
channels that currently are not being used for leased access. The 
Commission requests comment on whether this annual recalculation is 
appropriate, and on whether it should occur on the anniversary of the 
effective date of our modified rules, each calendar year, or on some 
anniversary which is most appropriate for an individual operator (to 
coincide with its annual audits, for example). The Commission believes 
that allowing an operator to update its rates will better approximate 
the operator's changing costs of satisfying its leased access 
requirement. The Commission requests comment on whether our maximum 
rate should be cumulative over the life of the leased access contract 
so that an operator and a leased access programmer have the option, if 
mutually agreed upon, to establish a rate below the maximum rate during 
the first part of the contract term and a rate above the maximum rate 
during a subsequent part of the contract term, and asks whether such an 
option would provide operators with the opportunity to evade the 
maximum rate.

II. Part-Time Rates

    35. The Commission's current rules permit prorating the maximum 
monthly rate as one method of deriving rates for shorter periods. The 
rules the Commission adopted on reconsideration provide that operators 
may establish a schedule of rates, or rate card, for different times of 
day, pursuant to which, if all times were used, the sum of the part-
time charges for any single leased access channel within a 24-hour 
period would not exceed its maximum rate for the leased access channel 
if the daily rate were prorated evenly from the monthly maximum rate 
and were calculated in accordance with the Commission's rules. The 
Commission requests comment, however, on whether such proration is 
appropriate under our proposed cost formula, and, more specifically, if 
it is, whether the restriction that the part-time rates for a 24 hour 
time period total no more than the maximum rate is appropriate under 
the proposed cost formula. The Commission seeks comment on whether, if 
the cost/market rate formula were to be adopted for full-time leased 
access use, an entirely different method of calculating the maximum 
reasonable rate for part-time use would be more appropriate. If so, the 
Commission requests comment on how to define part-time leased access 
use, e.g., leases for less than a 24 hour channel, for 12 hours, for 
eight hours, or fewer.

III. Preferential Access

    36. The Commission is concerned that not-for-profit programmers are 
being excluded from leased access, but the record lacks sufficient 
evidence to make a determination of whether the goal of diversity is 
being achieved and, if it is not being achieved, whether one of the 
reasons is that rates are unaffordable for not-for-profit entities. The 
Commission therefore invites interested parties to demonstrate, with 
specific examples, whether current leased access programming sources 
are sufficiently diverse and whether preferential treatment for not-
for-profit programmers would significantly affect the diversity of 
current programming sources. The Commission requests commenters to 
provide precise data indicating whether or not rates charged to leased 
access programmers are affordable for not-for-profit entities. 
Commenters in support of preferential treatment for not-for-profit 
programmers should explain their position within the context of our 
previously stated belief that operators should not have to subsidize 
leased access programmers and the statutory requirement that leased 
access use should not adversely affect the operation, financial 
condition, or market development of the cable system. Those commenters 
should also address the extent to which preferential treatment is 
necessary given that public access is already provided for under 
current PEG requirements.
    37. The Commission seeks comment on whether, if the Commission 
concludes that some form of preferential treatment is appropriate, a 
lower maximum rate should apply to not-for-profit leased access 
programmers, and if so, what rate should apply and why. Alternatively, 
if the proposed cost formula is adopted, the Commission seeks comment 
on whether operators should be required to exclude lost advertising 
revenues or lost commissions from maximum rates charged to not-for-
profit leased access programmers. In addition, the Commission solicits 
comment on whether not-for-profit leased access programmers should be 
entitled to preferential rates during any transition period that might 
be adopted for the cost formula.
    38. Preferential rates, if adopted, would provide no relief if not-
for-profit leased access programmers are denied access to a system 
because the operator has met its set-aside requirement. The Commission 
seeks comment on whether the statute would permit us to consider a set-
aside requirement for not-for-profit programmers. If so, the Commission 
asks whether the public interest would be served by such a set-aside 
requirement and how it should be structured. For example, would a 
reservation of 25% of leased access capacity be appropriate? Should a 
set-aside requirement be temporary or permanent, and if temporary, what 
length of time would be appropriate? Furthermore, if the proposed cost 
formula were adopted, how would the need for a set-aside requirement be 
affected, given that the formula allows market rates to prevail when 
demand for leased access exceeds an operator's set-aside requirement? 
If a such a set-aside requirement were imposed, the Commission would 
stipulate that until a

[[Page 16453]]

not-for-profit leased access programmer demanded access to a not-for-
profit set-aside channel, the operator must use the channel for for-
profit leased access programming, unless no demand exists, in which 
case it may use it for its own programming.
    39. The Commission also seeks comment on whether preferential 
treatment should be limited to not-for-profit programmers or whether 
certain types of for-profit programmers should also receive 
preferential treatment. The Commission believes that there is 
insufficient evidence on the record for us to indicate that LPTV 
stations and minority and educational programmers should receive 
preferential treatment, but the Commission invites commenters to 
demonstrate with specific evidence why a preference for certain types 
of for-profit programmers may be appropriate. The Commission also seeks 
comment on whether a ``not-for-profit programmer'' should be defined as 
a programmer with Section 501(c)(3) tax-exempt status or whether 
another classification should apply.

IV. Tier and Channel Placement

    40. The statutory commercial leased access provisions are intended 
to provide programmers with a ``genuine outlet'' for their programming. 
According to the legislative history of the 1992 amendments to Section 
612, the Commission should ensure that programmers are carried on 
channel locations that ``most subscribers actually use,'' a guideline 
that should be interpreted in light of the statutory provision that 
leased access use should not adversely affect the market development of 
a cable system. The Commission tentatively concludes that, absent some 
compelling reason (such as technical considerations), leased access 
programmers have the right to be placed on a tier, as opposed to being 
carried as a premium service. The Commission believes that, if an 
operator were permitted to force leased access programming to be 
offered as a premium service, the programmer would not be assured 
access to most subscribers.
    41. Our 1995 Competition Report states that a large percentage of 
subscribers (more than 90%) receive CPSTs. The Commission tentatively 
concludes that both the BST and the CPST with the highest subscriber 
penetration qualify as genuine outlets because most subscribers 
actually use them. However, the Commission seeks comment on whether a 
CPST that does not boast the highest subscriber penetration could 
qualify as a genuine outlet, and under what circumstances. For example, 
should the Commission interpret the term ``most subscribers'' as 
greater than 50%? In order to permit flexibility in the market 
development of an operator's cable system, the Commission would allow 
the operator to decide whether it is appropriate for its particular 
system to carry the leased access channel on the BST or on a CPST that 
qualifies as a genuine outlet. To ease technical burdens on operators, 
the Commission proposes to permit operators to place leased access 
programming that it must scramble or trap out with other programming 
that is also scrambled or trapped out. The Commission also proposes to 
allow operators to consider these technical concerns when deciding 
whether to place leased access programming on either the BST or a CPST 
that qualifies as a genuine outlet. The Commission seeks comment on 
these tentative conclusions.

V. Obligation to Open New Channels and Bump Existing Non-Leased Access 
Services

    42. Although cable operators that have not fulfilled their 
statutory leased access set-aside requirement are generally required to 
accommodate requests for leased access time, the Commission recognizes 
that there may be circumstances in which substantially greater harm to 
the subscribers, the operator, and the non-leased access programmer may 
result if the leased access request is accommodated than would result 
for the leased access programmer if the leased access request is not 
accommodated. The Commission seeks comment on whether, when a specific 
time slot requested by a part-time leased access programmer is already 
leased, an operator should be required to open up another leased access 
channel, if the operator can otherwise reasonably accommodate the 
leased access request in a comparable time slot. The Commission 
believes that the possible disruption of existing programming or the 
preclusion of future programming in order to accommodate only a few 
hours of leased access demand, where adequate and comparable capacity 
is available on an existing leased access channel, will not advance the 
goal of assuring that the widest possible diversity of information 
sources are made available to the public from cable systems in a manner 
consistent with the growth and development of cable systems. However, 
the Commission solicits comment on whether it is sufficient to require 
a ``reasonable accommodation in a comparable time slot'' or whether the 
standard should be further defined. The Commission also seeks comment 
on whether the operator should be required to remove an existing full-
channel programmer if the leased access programmer agrees to a minimum 
time increment. The Commission tentatively concludes that the guarantee 
of a minimum time increment of eight hours within a 24-hour period 
would be a reasonable pre-condition for requiring an operator to open 
up an additional channel for leased access.

VI. Selection of Programmers

    43. The Commission has not specifically addressed the manner in 
which lessees are to be selected for placement on leased access 
channels. The Commission tentatively concludes that a first-come, 
first-served approach is preferable so long as available leased access 
channel capacity is sufficient to accommodate incoming leased access 
requests. However, if an operator's available leased access channel 
capacity is insufficient to accommodate all pending leased access 
requests, the Commission seeks comment on whether operators should be 
allowed to accept leased access programmers on a basis other than 
first-come, first-served. The Commission believes that allowing cable 
operators limited ability to make content-neutral selections from among 
leased access programmers may be appropriate in order to enable them to 
avoid certain situations that might ``adversely affect the operation, 
financial condition, or market development of the cable system.''
    44. For example, operators may wish to give priority to leased 
access programmers that request a full-time lease over a programmer 
seeking to lease only part-time, thus minimizing the disruption to the 
subscriber, as well as easing the administrative burdens on the 
operator. The Commission is not suggesting that an operator would be 
allowed to completely refuse part-time requests for leased access, but 
is asking whether, when the operator cannot accommodate all leased 
access requests within its set-aside requirement, the operator should 
be allowed to select a full-time applicant over a part-time applicant. 
At the same time, the Commission is concerned that allowing a 
preference for full-time programmers may not further the statutory goal 
of promoting the widest possible diversity of programming sources, 
since encouraging part-time use could result in a wider variety of 
programmers. To that end, the Commission seeks comment on whether 
certain circumstances favor shifting the preference to the competing 
part-time applicant, for example if the part-time applicant is a not-
for-profit entity.

[[Page 16454]]

Alternatively, instead of allowing a preference for the last available 
leased access channel, the Commission seeks comment on whether it 
should require one or two leased access channels to be used exclusively 
for part-time use. The Commission further seeks comment on whether it 
should allow operators to base their selections on any content-neutral 
criteria other than the full-time/part-time distinction.

VII. Minority and Educational Programmers

    45. Section 612(i) of the Communications Act permits a cable 
operator to place programming from a qualified minority or educational 
programming source on up to 33% of the cable system's designated leased 
access channels. The Commission seeks comment on whether the 
requirements for tier and channel placement, as proposed above, should 
apply to minority and educational programming that is carried as a 
substitute for leased access programming. Specifically, should 
operators be required to carry minority and educational programming on 
the BST or a CPST that qualifies as a genuine outlet, if they are 
claiming it as a substitute for leased access? There is no explicit 
language in the statute or legislative history stipulating that 
minority and educational programming should be received by most 
subscribers. However, Section 612(i)(1) provides that ``a cable 
operator required by this section to designate channel capacity for 
commercial use may use any such channel capacity'' for minority and 
educational programming (emphasis added), suggesting that Congress 
envisioned that the same channels that would have been used for leased 
access should be used for any substituted minority and educational 
programming. Moreover, to allow a less stringent standard for minority 
and educational programming would seem to defeat the use of such 
programming as a substitute for leased access. Therefore, the 
Commission tentatively concludes that minority and educational 
programming should not qualify as a replacement for leased access 
programming unless it is carried on the BST or a CPST that qualifies as 
a genuine outlet. As with leased access, the operator could choose on 
which qualifying tier to carry the programming.

VIII. Procedures for Resolution of Disputes

    46. In order to streamline the Commission's complaint process, the 
Commission proposes to stipulate that a leased access programmer may 
not file a complaint alleging that an operator's maximum rate was 
calculated incorrectly unless an independent certified public 
accountant has first reviewed the operator's calculations and made an 
independent determination of the maximum rate. If the operator and 
leased access programmer cannot agree on a mutually acceptable 
accountant, the operator may select any independent certified public 
accountant. The review must be conducted within 60 days of the leased 
access programmer's request to the operator for a review. The operator 
would be expected to provide the accountant with all information 
necessary to support its rate calculation, including an explanation of 
how the rate was calculated. The findings of the accountant would be 
certified in a final report and provided to both parties. The 
Commission seeks comment on whether, in the absence of any evidence to 
the contrary, the Commission should consider a determination by the 
accountant that the operator's rate exceeds the permissible rate to 
constitute clear and convincing evidence that the rate is unreasonable.
    47. The Commission tentatively concludes that, in order to provide 
notice to other potential leased access programmers, the accountant's 
final report should be filed in the cable system's local public file. 
The Commission seeks comment on this proposal. Alternatively, the 
Commission seeks comment on whether operators should be required to 
provide the report upon request to potential leased access programmers. 
The Commission seeks comment on what type of information should be 
contained in the accountant's final report and what type of information 
would be proprietary and thus kept confidential. The Commission also 
seeks comment on how the accountant's expenses should be paid. For 
example, should the parties share the expenses equally or should the 
full amount be paid by the party that the accountant's report proved 
was incorrect?
    48. In light of the streamlining proposed above, the Commission 
does not believe that it is necessary for the Commission to set a time 
limit within which complaints will be decided by the Commission. Each 
leased access complaint proceeding differs in complexity and requires 
varying amounts of Commission time and resources. In addition, the 
Commission believes that shortening the operator's response period 
would be unfair to the operator.

IX. Resale of Leased Access Time

    49. The Commission seeks comment on whether the Commission should 
permit leased access time to be resold by the lessee. Leased access 
programmers are of course entitled to sell time to advertisers. The 
question here is whether the Commission should allow persons 
unaffiliated with the operator to lease time from the operator and then 
sell it as programming time to other unaffiliated persons for a profit. 
The Commission seeks comment on the advisability of allowing the resale 
of leased access time. If the Commission were to prohibit resale, the 
Commission asks whether an exception should apply for not-for-profit 
leased access programmers.

X. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis

    50. Pursuant to Section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the 
Commission has prepared the following initial regulatory flexibility 
analysis (``IRFA'') of the expected impact of these proposed policies 
and rules on small entities. Written public comments are requested on 
the IRFA. These comments must be filed in accordance with the same 
filing deadlines as comments on the rest of the Further Notice, but 
they must have a separate and distinct heading designating them as 
responses to the regulatory flexibility analysis. The Secretary shall 
send a copy of the Further Notice, including the IRFA, to the Chief 
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration in accordance 
with Section 603(a) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, Pub. L. No. 96-
354, 94 Stat. 1164, 5 U.S.C. Sec. 601 et seq. (1981).
    51. Reason for Action. Section 612 of the Communications Act of 
1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. Sec. 532, requires the Commission to 
prescribe rules and regulations regarding commercial use of channel 
capacity for unaffiliated persons. The Commission is using this Further 
Notice to seek comment on various issues concerning implementation of 
this statute.
    52. Objectives. To propose rules which implement Section 612 of the 
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. Sec. 532, and further 
its goals of promoting competition in the delivery of diverse sources 
of video programming and to assure that the widest possible diversity 
of information sources are made available to the public from cable 
systems in a manner consistent with the growth and development of cable 
systems.
    53. Legal Basis. Action as proposed for this rulemaking is 
contained in

[[Page 16455]]

Sections 1, 4(i), 4(j) and 612 of the Communications Act of 1934, as 
amended, 47 U.S.C. Secs. 151, 154(i), 154(j) and 532.
    54. Description, Potential Impact and Number of Small Entities 
Affected. The Commission anticipates a possible impact on small 
entities, as defined in Section 601(3) of the Regulatory Flexibility 
Act, including cable operators and leased access programmers, but the 
Commission does not currently have information pertaining to the extent 
of such impact or the number of small entities that may be affected.
    55. Reporting, Recordkeeping and Other Compliance Requirements. 
Action as proposed in this rulemaking may impose new reporting 
requirements on cable operators.
    56. Federal Rules which Overlap, Duplicate or Conflict with these 
Rules. None.
    57. Any Significant Alternatives Minimizing Impact on Small 
Entities and Consistent with Stated Objectives. The Further Notice 
solicits comments on alternatives.

XI. Ex Parte

    58. This is a non-restricted notice and comment rulemaking 
proceeding. Ex parte presentations are permitted, except during the 
Sunshine Agenda period, provided that they are disclosed as provided in 
Commission's rules. See generally 47 CFR 1.1202, 1.1203, and 1.1206(a).

XII. Comment Dates

    59. Pursuant to applicable procedures set forth in Sections 1.415 
and 1.419 of the Commission's Rules, 47 CFR 1.415 and 1.419, interested 
parties may file comments on or before May 15, 1996 and reply comments 
on or before May 31, 1996. All relevant and timely comments will be 
considered before final action is taken in this proceeding. To file 
formally in this proceeding, participants must file an original plus 
six copies of all comments, reply comments, and supporting comments. If 
participants want each Commissioner to receive a personal copy of your 
comments and reply comments, you must file an original plus eleven 
copies. Comments and reply comments should be sent to Office of the 
Secretary, Federal Communications Commission, 1919 M Street, NW., 
Washington, DC 20554. Comments and reply comments will be available for 
public inspection during regular business hours in the FCC Reference 
Center, Room 239, Federal Communications Commission, 1919 M Street, 
NW., Washington DC 20554.
    60. Written comments by the public on the proposed and/or modified 
information collections are due on or before May 15, 1996. Written 
comments must be submitted by OMB on the proposed and/or modified 
information collections on or before 60 days after publication of the 
Order and Further Notice in the Federal Register. In addition to filing 
comments with the Secretary, a copy of any comments on the information 
collections contained herein should be submitted to Dorothy Conway, 
Federal Communications Commission, Room 234, 1919 M Street, NW., 
Washington, DC 20054, or via the Internet to [email protected], and to 
Timothy Fain, OMB Desk Officer, 10236 NEOB, 725-17th Street, NW., 
Washington, DC 20503 or via the Internet to [email protected].
    61. Accordingly, pursuant to Sections 4(i), 4(j) and 612 of the 
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. Secs. 154(i), 154(j) 
and 532, comment is sought regarding such proposals, discussion, and 
statement of issues.

Paperwork Reduction Act

    62. This Further Notice contains either a proposed or modified 
information collection. The Commission, as part of its continuing 
effort to reduce paperwork burdens, invites the general public and the 
Office of Management and Budget (``OMB'') to comment on the information 
collections contained in this Further Notice, as required by the 
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Pub. L. No. 104-13. Public and agency 
comments are due at the same time as other comments on this Further 
Notice; OMB notification of action is due 60 days from date of 
publication of this Further Notice in the Federal Register. Comments 
should address: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is 
necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the 
Commission, including whether the information shall have practical 
utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimates; (c) 
ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information 
collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of 
information on the respondents, including the use of automated 
collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
    OMB Approval Number: 3060-0568.
    Title: Section 76.970 Commercial leased access rates; 76.971 
Commercial leased access terms and conditions.
    Type of Review: Revision of existing collection.
    Respondents: Business and other for profit.
    Number of Respondents: 6,270 cable systems.
    Estimated Time Per Response: 1 hour per respondent for 
recordkeeping and sending the leased access schedule and other 
information to prospective leased access programmers. 1 hour per 
respondent to implement 76.971 third party disclosure requirements. 12 
hours per respondent for completing the proposed ``cost schedule'', 
instead of the existing ``maximum rate schedule''. If the proposed 
``cost schedule'' is not adopted by the Commission, the burden for 
completing the ``maximum rate schedule'' is 4 hours per respondent.
    Total Annual Burden: 87,780 hours. If the proposed ``cost 
schedule'' is not adopted, the Commission will further adjust the 
burden for this collection from 12 hours per respondent in completing 
the ``cost schedule'' to 4 hours per respondent to continue to use the 
existing ``maximum rate schedule''. This would result in an adjustment 
reduction of 50,160 hours (6,270  x  8 hours), leaving a total burden 
of 87,780-50,160=37,620 hours.
    Estimated costs per respondent: We estimate the postage and 
stationery costs incurred by cable operators for record keeping 
activities and for sending out leased access information to prospective 
programmers, as required, to be roughly $4.00 per respondent. We 
therefore report a total annual cost of $25,000 for all respondents.
    Needs and Uses: The information collected is used by the 
prospective leased access programmers and the Commission to verify rate 
calculations for leased access channels. The Commission's leased access 
requirements were designed to promote diversity of programming sources 
and competition in programming delivery as required by Section 612 of 
the Communications Act, and serve to eliminate uncertainty in 
negotiations for leased commercial access.

List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 76

    Cable television.

Federal Communications Commission.
William F. Caton,
Acting Secretary.
[FR Doc. 96-9195 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9192 Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees For Fiscal Year 1996
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16432-16447]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9192]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Chapter I

[MD Docket No. 96-84; FCC 96-153]

Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees For Fiscal Year 1996

AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Commission is proposing to revise its Schedule of 
Regulatory Fees in order to recover the amount of regulatory fees that 
Congress has required it to collect for fiscal year 1996. Section 9 of 
the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, provides for the annual 
assessment and collection of regulatory fees. For fiscal year 1996 
sections 9(b) (2) and (3) provide for annual ``Mandatory Adjustments'' 
and ``Permitted Amendments'' to the Schedule of Regulatory Fees. The 
proposed revisions will further the National Performance Review goals 
of reinventing Government by requiring beneficiaries of Commission 
services to pay for such services.

DATES: Comments must be filed on or before April 29, 1996 and reply 
comments must be filed on or before May 9, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Federal Communications Commission, 1919 M Street, NW., 
Washington, DC 20554.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Peter W. Herrick, Office of Managing 
Director at (202) 418-0443, or Terry D. Johnson, Office of Managing 
Director at (202) 418-0445.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Adopted: April 5, 1996.
Released: April 9, 1996.

    By the Commission.

Table of Contents

Topic/Paragraph Numbers

I. Introduction 1-4
II. Background 5-7
III. Discussion 8-60
    A. Overall Methodology and Format--8-10
    B. Adjustment of Payment Units--11
    C. Recalculation of Fees--12
    D. Cost Accounting System--13-17
    E. Other Proposed Changes--18-51
    1. Commercial Mobile Radio Service--19
    2. Commercial AM/FM Radio--20-21
    3. Commercial AM/FM/TV Construction Permits--22-26
    4. Commercial VHF/UHF Television Stations--27
    5. Auxiliary Broadcast Stations--28-33
    6. Interstate Telephone Service Providers--34
    7. Earth Stations--35
    8. Wireless Cable--36-38
    9. Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) Service--39-42
    10. Intelsat & Inmarsat Signatory--43-47
    11. Low Earth Orbit (LEO) Satellite Systems--48-49
    12. Minimum Fee Payment Liability--50-51
    F. Procedures for Payment of Regulatory Fees--52-59
    1. Annual Payments of Standard Fees--53
    2. Installment Payments for Large Fees--54-55
    3. Advance Payments of Small Fees--56
    4. Minimum Fee Payment Liability--57
    5. Standard Fee Calculations and Payment Dates--58-59
    G. Schedule of Regulatory Fees--60
IV. Procedural Matters--61-69
    A. Comment Period and Procedures--61
    B. Ex Parte Rules--62
    C. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis--63
    D. Paperwork Reduction Act Compliance--64-67
    E. Authority and Further Information--68-69
Appendix A--Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
Appendix B--Sources of Payment Unit Estimates for FY 1996
Appendix C--Calculation of Pro-Rata Adjustments
Appendix D--FY 1996 Schedule of Regulatory Fees
Appendix E--Comparison Between FY 1995 and FY 1996 Regulatory Fees
Appendix F--FY 1996 Guidelines for Regulatory Fee Categories

I. Introduction

    1. By this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, the Commission commences 
a proceeding to revise its Schedule of Regulatory Fees in order to 
recover the amount of regulatory fees that Congress, pursuant to 
Section 9(a) of the Communications Act, has required it to collect for 
Fiscal Year (FY) 1996. See 47 U.S.C. Sec. 159 (a).
    2. For FY 1996, Congress has required that we collect $116,400,000 
through regulatory fees in order to recover the costs of our 
enforcement, policy and rulemaking, international and user information 
activities for FY 1996. P.L. 104-99 and 47 U.S.C. Sec. 159(a)(2). This 
is the same amount that Congress designated for recovery through 
regulatory fees for FY 1995. See Assessment and Collection of 
Regulatory Fees for Fiscal Year 1995, FCC 95-227, released June 19, 
1995, 60 FR 34004 (June 29, 1995). The current

[[Page 16433]]

Schedule of Regulatory Fees is set forth in sections 1.1152 through 
1.1156 of the Commission's rules. 47 CFR Secs. 1.1152-1.1156.
    3. Because the amount that Congress requires that we recover for FY 
1996 is the same amount as we were required to recover for FY 1995, we 
are not proposing to revise the Schedule of Fees to collect more or 
less in total fees. However, we are proposing adjustments to the 
Schedule and associated payment procedures to reflect changes in the 
estimated number of payment units associated with services subject to a 
fee and to incorporate certain public interest considerations. See 47 
U.S.C. 159 (b).
    4. Finally, we propose to amend the Schedule in order to assess 
regulatory fees upon licensees and/or regulatees of services not now 
subject to payment of a fee, to simplify and streamline the Schedule 
and to clarify and/or revise certain payment procedures. 47 U.S.C. 
Sec. 159(b)(3).

II. Background

    5. Section 9(a) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 
authorizes the Commission to assess and collect annual regulatory fees 
to recover the costs, as determined annually by Congress, that it 
incurs in carrying out enforcement, policy and rulemaking, 
international, and user information activities. 47 U.S.C. 159(a). In 
our FY 1994 Fee Order, 59 FR 30984 (June 16, 1994), we adopted the 
Schedule of Regulatory Fees that Congress established and we prescribed 
rules to govern payment of the fees, as required by Congress. 47 U.S.C. 
Sec. 159(b), (f)(1). Subsequently, in our FY 1995 Fee Order, we 
modified the Schedule to increase by approximately 93 percent the 
revenue generated by these fees in accordance with the amount Congress 
required us to collect in FY 1995 over FY 1994. 60 FR 34004 (June 29, 
1995). Also, in the FY 1995 Fee Order, we amended certain rules 
governing our regulatory fee program based upon our experience 
administering the program in FY 1994. See 47 CFR Secs. 1.1151 et seq.
    6. As noted above, for FY 1994 we adopted the Schedule of 
Regulatory Fees established in Section 9(g) of the Act. For fiscal 
years after FY 1994, however, Sections 9(b) (2) and (3), respectively, 
provide for ``Mandatory Adjustments'' and ``Permitted Amendments'' to 
the Schedule of Regulatory Fees. 47 U.S.C. Sec. 159(b)(2), (b)(3). 
Section 9(b)(2), entitled ``Mandatory Adjustments'', requires that we 
revise the Schedule of Regulatory Fees whenever Congress changes the 
amount that we are to recover through regulatory fees. 47 U.S.C. 
Sec. 159(b)(2).
    7. Section 9(b)(3), entitled ``Permitted Amendments'', requires 
that we determine annually whether adjustments of the fees are 
warranted based upon criteria established in 47 U.S.C. 159(b)(3). Also, 
pursuant to Section 9(b)(3), we are to adjust the fees to take into 
account factors that are reasonably related to the payor of the fee and 
factors that are in the public interest. In making these amendments, we 
are to ``add, delete, or reclassify services in the Schedule to reflect 
additions, deletions or changes in the nature of its services.'' 47 
U.S.C. Sec. 159(b)(3). Section 9(i) requires that we develop accounting 
systems necessary to making permitted amendments. 47 U.S.C. 
Sec. 159(i). Finally, we are required to notify Congress of any 
permitted amendments 90 days before those amendments go into effect. 47 
U.S.C. Sec. 159(b)(4)(B).

III. Discussion

A. Overall Methodology and Format

    8. As noted above, Congress has required the recovery of 
$116,400,000 for FY 1996 through the collection of regulatory fees, 
representing the costs applicable to our enforcement, policy and 
rulemaking, international, and user information activities. 47 
Sec. U.S.C. 159(a).
    9. Our approach to developing a FY 1996 fee schedule required that 
we first adjust our estimates of payment units so that we could 
determine how much revenue we would collect even if we did not change 
any individual fee amounts. We then compared the total estimated 
revenue that we would collect at the existing fee rates to the $116.4 
million that we are required to collect in FY 1996 and pro-rated the 
difference among all the existing fee categories. We then intended to 
compare these projected revenues with cost data gathered from our new 
cost accounting system and to make whatever adjustments were deemed 
necessary to ensure that costs generally equated to revenues in each 
fee category. As discussed elsewhere in this NPRM, this particular step 
was not performed due to implementation problems associated with our 
new cost accounting system. A substitute mechanism was, however, put in 
place to provide assurances that estimated costs and revenues were 
reasonable.
    10. We next considered various proposals made by Commission Bureaus 
and Offices for additions, deletions or other adjustments to the fees 
and to our collection procedures. The results of these actions were 
factored into our final schedule. That schedule is contained in 
Appendix D. Finally, we incorporated, as Appendix F, proposed Guidance 
which provides detailed descriptions of each fee category, information 
on who is responsible for paying each fee and other critical 
information designed to assist potential fee payers in determining the 
extent of fee liability, if any, in FY 1996, assuming that our proposed 
fees set forth in Appendix D are ultimately adopted.1 The steps 
which we followed in the development of our FY 1996 regulatory fee 
proposals are discussed in more detail in the following paragraphs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ We also will incorporate a similar Appendix in the Report 
and Order concluding this rulemaking. That Appendix will contain 
updated information concerning any changes made to the proposed fees 
adopted by the Report and Order.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Adjustment of Payment Units

    11. In order to calculate individual service fees for FY 1996, we 
first adjusted the estimated payment units for each service because, in 
many services, payment units have changed substantially since last 
year. We obtained our estimates through a variety of means. For 
example, we used Commission licensee data bases, actual prior year 
payment records and industry and trade group projections, when 
available. We tried to verify these estimates from multiple sources to 
ensure that our estimates were reasonable. Appendix B provides a 
summary of how these revised payment units were determined for each fee 
category.

C. Recalculation of Fees

    12. We next multiplied the revised payment units for FY 1996 by the 
FY 1995 fee amounts in each fee category to determine how much revenue 
the Commission would collect in FY 1996 if it made no changes to the 
existing Schedule of Regulatory Fees. Next, we adjusted these revenue 
requirements for each fee category on a proportional basis, consistent 
with Section 9(b)(2) of the Act, to insure that we would collect only 
the $116.4 million prescribed by Congress. Then we recalculated the 
individual fee amounts required to collect the adjusted amount in each 
service and rounded each fee amount as provided by Section 9(b)(2). 
Appendix C provides detailed calculations showing how these revised fee 
amounts were determined.

D. Cost Accounting System

    13. On October 1, 1995, the Commission established a cost 
accounting system which was designed, in part, to assist in the 
development of

[[Page 16434]]

our regulatory fees, specifically to help determine whether and to what 
extent additional revisions to the Schedule of Regulatory Fees might be 
required. See 47 U.S.C. Secs. 159(i). Our objective in establishing the 
cost accounting system was to provide us with data that we could use, 
in combination with other information, to ensure that fees closely 
reflected our actual costs of regulation.
    14. We had intended to compare extrapolated data from the cost 
accounting system with the adjusted revenue requirements described 
above in order to help assure that the adjusted fees we developed for 
each service were reasonably related to the regulatory costs of each 
service. It was our intention to propose further adjustments to the 
fees in instances where the variance between the estimated costs of 
each service and its estimated revenues appeared appropriate.
    15. While there would be inherent deficiencies to any cost 
accounting system relative to meeting the requirements of the Act, we 
nonetheless believed that we would have enough useful information from 
our new cost accounting system to warrant consideration of such data in 
formulating our proposed FY 1996 fees. Unfortunately, several factors 
have prevented us from relying on data derived from the cost accounting 
system for the development of FY 1996 regulatory fees.
    16. First, immediately following implementation of our cost 
accounting system, it was discovered that the system contained a 
significant amount of erroneous data due to technical complications 
encountered during the start-up of the system. Although this data was 
later corrected, the delay in obtaining useful output from the system 
has prevented a thorough analysis of the data. Additionally, the 
lengthy government shutdown and subsequent weather emergency in 
Washington, D.C. prevented the accumulation of critical cost data for 
several weeks. Consequently, we lack the confidence that we originally 
anticipated we would have relative to FY 1996 cost data and, therefore, 
will not utilize such data in the development of our proposed FY 1996 
Regulatory Fee Schedule.
    17. However, because our overall costs incident to the activities 
described in Section 9(a)(1) of the Act remain unchanged from FY 1995, 
we are satisfied that our revenue estimates for FY 1996 generally 
reflect the relative costs applicable to our regulatory activities. As 
a result, many individual fees remain unchanged from last fiscal year.

E. Other Proposed Changes

    18. We examined the results of our calculations made in Paragraph 
12 to determine if further adjustments of the fees and/or changes to 
payment procedures were warranted based upon the public interest and 
other criteria established in 47 U.S.C. 159(b)(3). As a result of this 
review, we have proposed the following:
1. Commercial Mobile Radio Service (CMRS)
    19. The Commercial Mobile Radio Service (CMRS) includes various 
services authorized to provide interconnected mobile radio services for 
profit to the public, or to such classes of eligible users as to be 
effectively available to a substantial portion of the public. CMRS 
includes certain licensees which formerly were licensed as part of the 
Private Radio Services (e.g., Specialized Mobile Radio Services and 
Private Paging), others formerly licensed as part of the Common Carrier 
Radio Services (e.g., Public Mobile Services and Cellular Radio 
Service) and one new service, the Personal Communications Service (PCS) 
2. While specific rules pertaining to each covered service remain 
in separate Parts 22, 80 and 90 of the Commission's rules; general 
rules governing CMRS are contained in Part 20 of the rules. See 47 CFR 
Parts 20, 22, 80 and 90. We are proposing to replace the Public Mobile/
Cellular Radio regulatory fee category with a CMRS Mobile Services 
category and replace the Public Mobile One-Way Paging fee category with 
a CMRS One-Way Paging Services category for regulatory fee collection 
purposes. CMRS Mobile Services will include: qualifying Business Radio 
Services, 220-222 MHz Land Mobile Systems, Specialized Mobile Radio 
Services (Part 90); Public Coast Stations (Part 80); Public Mobile 
Radio, Cellular, 800 MHz Air-Ground Radiotelephone, and Offshore Radio 
Services (Part 22). We propose that licensees in the CMRS Mobile 
Services pay annual regulatory fees on a per mobile or cellular unit 
(mobile or cellular call sign or telephone number), or on a per unit 
(two-way pager) basis. We propose that CMRS One-Way Paging Services 
licensees pay annual regulatory fees on a per unit (pager) basis. See 
Appendix F, Paragraphs 14-16.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ Although PCS is a CMRS service, we are not proposing that 
PCS licensees pay a regulatory fee for FY 1996 because the service 
is, at most, in the very early start-up phase with few subscribers 
on the date (December 31, 1995) established for determining 
liability for such a fee and, therefore, it is premature to assess a 
fee.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Commercial AM/FM Radio
    20. In our FY 1995 NPRM, we considered an alternative methodology 
for assessing regulatory fees for Commercial AM and FM radio licensees 
based on market rankings. This methodology, based on markets, was 
ultimately rejected as incomplete and insufficiently accurate for fee 
determination. Other possible alternatives to using the existing class 
designations to differentiate various types of stations and take into 
consideration ability to pay were also eliminated due to a lack of 
vital data necessary for establishing and verifying these fees. We were 
particularly interested in a proposal which would associate population 
density and service area contours with license data. Unfortunately, 
this proposal appears to not be cost effective because it would require 
a significant expenditure of funds to develop the required database and 
additional funds to provide the results to our licensees to use for fee 
payment purposes.
    21. In our FY 1995 Order, we invited commenters to propose viable 
alternatives to using designated class of station as the fee qualifier 
in our FY 1996 NPRM. See FY 1995 Report and Order released June 19, 
1995, Paragraph 54. We reiterate our invitation in this NPRM. In the 
absence of a viable alternative, however, we are proposing to continue 
to base the fees for AM and FM broadcast stations on station class for 
FY 1996. See Appendix F, Paragraph 18.
3. Commercial AM/FM/TV Construction Permits
    22. These categories of fees apply to holders of permits to 
construct new commercial AM, FM, UHF and VHF Television stations 
covered under Part 73 of the Commission's rules. Construction permit 
(CP) fees are based on the type of commercial broadcasting service 
(i.e., AM, FM or TV) for which the station is being constructed.
    23. Because of the small number of construction permits relative to 
overall stations and the modest amount of revenue collected from these 
licensees, we considered elimination of construction permits as a 
separate fee category with the costs attributed to regulation of 
construction permits to be subsumed in the overall costs for regulation 
of broadcast stations. This approach would simplify the fee schedule 
and provide ``one stop'' fee payment by reducing or eliminating the 
need for a broadcaster, in certain instances, to submit multiple 
payments (e.g., when an existing broadcaster is

[[Page 16435]]

also the holder of a construction permit). More generally, it would 
eliminate the fee on stations that are not yet operational and 
producing income.
    24. To recoup revenues lost by the elimination of the construction 
permit fee, we would aggregate the revenue requirements associated with 
construction permits and distribute this revenue requirement on a pro 
rata basis to the primary station fee categories for AM/FM/TV 
commercial broadcast stations. New, slightly higher, primary station 
fees would result from this methodology.
    25. In reviewing this issue, we determined that subsuming the fee 
for construction permits under the primary station fees is inherently 
inequitable since it would result in currently operating broadcast 
stations subsidizing stations under construction, some of which would 
eventually provide direct competition to the existing stations. 
Additionally, the impact on the FM Radio Service is particularly 
apparent. In this service, the impact of a large number of pending 
construction permits combined with the relatively high construction 
permit fee (compared to construction permit fees in the AM and TV 
services) produces a situation where significant costs would have to be 
absorbed by a limited number of operational commercial FM stations, 
resulting in a much greater impact on these broadcasters.
    26. Based on these factors, we propose to retain separate fee 
categories for construction permits for AM/FM/TV commercial broadcast 
stations in FY 1996. We do, however, welcome comments on this issue. 
See Appendix F, Paragraphs 19, 20, 23-25.
4. Commercial VHF/UHF Television Stations
    27. In our FY 1995 Order, we specified that VHF and UHF television 
fees be determined in accordance with the station market rankings 
published by Warren Publishing in the 1994 Edition of the Television 
and Cable Factbook (No. 62). This ranking was based on Areas of 
Dominant Influence (ADIs) as determined by the Arbitron Rating Co. 
(``Arbitron''). Arbitron has now ceased publication of ADI market 
areas. However, the A.C. Nielsen Co. (``Nielsen'') has published 
Designated Market Areas (DMAs) which approximate the same coverage 
areas as the Arbitron ADIs. The Nielsen DMAs also have the advantage of 
including stations in Alaska and Hawaii which Arbitron did not. 
Finally, the 1995 Edition of the Television and Cable Factbook (No. 63) 
has replaced the Arbitron ADI listing with the Nielsen DMA listing. In 
view of the above considerations, we propose for FY 1996 to require 
television licensees to use Nielsen DMA rankings to determine the 
appropriate regulatory fee. See Appendix F, Paragraph 21.
5. Auxiliary Broadcast Stations
    28. This fee category includes licensees of Remote Pickup Stations, 
Aural Broadcast Auxiliary Stations, Television Broadcast Auxiliary 
Stations, and Low Power Auxiliary Stations, authorized under Part 74 of 
the Commission's Rules. These stations are generally associated with a 
particular television or radio broadcast station or cable television 
system.
    29. In an effort to simplify the FY 1996 Fee Schedule, we examined 
the feasibility and equity of combining auxiliary broadcast station 
fees with the primary fees paid by broadcast station licensees and 
cable television operators. Combining these fees appeared to be an 
efficient approach due to the modest auxiliary fee relative to the fees 
assessed on broadcast stations and cable television systems.
    30. Calculating a new fee encompassing both the auxiliary fee and 
station fee is relatively simple. We would add the auxiliary service 
revenue requirement to the AM/FM/TV and cable television revenue 
requirements on a pro-rata basis and then recompute each AM/FM/TV and 
cable television fee. This would result in slightly higher fees for 
each of these entities, but would also reduce the number of individual 
fee payments required from many of these payors.
    31. Although a single consolidated fee has certain advantages, we 
identified some significant problems with using this approach. One 
problem is that the number of auxiliary stations per parent station 
varies greatly, with some broadcast stations or cable systems having 
none of these licenses while others have more than a dozen. Also, it 
appears that no more than ten percent of current regulatees own and 
operate auxiliary facilities. Moreover, since applications for 
auxiliary stations currently do not identify the parent station, nor 
does the Commission maintain records providing this information, it is 
impossible to determine the actual number of auxiliaries by license 
category (AM/FM/TV, cable).
    32. Finally, we determined that this proposal would likely result 
in serious inequities since the larger commercial broadcast stations 
and cable systems in the most profitable markets are most likely to 
utilize multiple auxiliary stations. While a consolidated fee would 
have little impact on them, it would result in smaller, less profitable 
stations subsidizing part of the larger stations' operating costs.
    33. For these reasons, we propose to retain Auxiliary Broadcast 
Station fees as a separate category in FY 1996. We would, however, 
welcome any suggestions on alternative methods for assessing these 
fees. See Appendix F, Paragraph 27.
6. Interstate Telephone Service Providers
    34. For FY 1995, all interstate telephone service providers were 
assessed regulatory fees based on a percentage of their adjusted gross 
revenue as computed from revenue data reported to the 
Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS) Fund. Our FY 1995 Schedule of 
Regulatory Fees listed each type of interstate telephone service 
provider separately (e.g., Inter-exchange Carriers, Local Exchange 
Carriers, Competitive Access Providers, Operator Services Providers) 
causing some inadvertent confusion for payees. Because we are proposing 
once again that all interstate telephone service providers compute 
their fee based on the same adjusted gross revenue method, we are 
proposing to consolidate Inter-Exchange Carriers, Local Exchange 
Carriers, Competitive Access Providers, Operator Service Providers/Pay 
Telephone Operators, Resellers, and Other Interstate Providers into a 
single fee category labeled ``Interstate Telephone Service Providers.'' 
Details concerning who must pay interstate telephone service provider 
fees can be found in Appendix F, Paragraph 32.
7. Earth Stations
    35. For FY 1995, all earth stations were assessed the same fee 
based on the number of authorizations or registrations. Our FY 1995 
Schedule of Fees listed each type of earth station separately, causing 
some inadvertent confusion for payees. Because we are proposing that 
all earth stations (except receive only earth stations for which we 
propose to not assess a regulatory fee) continue to pay the same fee 
based on the number of authorizations or registrations, we are 
proposing to simplify the structure of the Schedule by combining VSATs/
Equivalent C-Band/Mobile, Transmit/Receive, and Transmit Only Earth 
Stations into a single fee category labeled ``Earth Stations.'' Further 
details concerning earth station fees may be found in Appendix F, 
Paragraphs 33-34.

[[Page 16436]]

8. Wireless Cable
    36. Multi-Channel Multipoint Distribution Service Stations (MMDS; 
a.k.a. ``Wireless Cable.''), along with Multipoint Distribution Service 
Stations (MDS), are authorized under Part 21 of the Commission's Rules 
to use microwave frequencies for video and data distribution. These 
services were included in the Domestic Public Fixed Radio Service 
category in the FY 1995 Regulatory Fee Schedule.
    37. When operated as a Multichannel Video Programming Distribution 
service (MVPD), MMDS licensees compete directly with cable television 
and with other MVPDs. Current industry estimates indicate that Wireless 
Cable has 800,000 subscribers or 1.19% of the MVPD market.
    38. We propose to assess regulatory fees on MMDS licensees based on 
an individual call sign. We seek comment on this proposal. See Appendix 
F, Paragraph 28.
9. Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) Service
    39. The Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) Service offers a wide 
range of programming options to its subscribers distributed via 
geosynchronous satellite. DBS service is expanding rapidly with total 
viewership currently estimated at 1,500,000 subscribers.
    40. For FY 1995, we decided not to assess a fee for the DBS service 
because our resources devoted to regulation of DBS, other than those 
involving application processing, were negligible and because DBS 
operators then served few subscribers. See FY 1995 Report and Order, 
Paragraph 15. For FY 1996, however, we are proposing to assess a fee 
upon licensees in the DBS service since the service is operational, 
serving numerous subscribers and, therefore, subject to the regulatory 
activities (additional resources devoted to policy and rulemaking, 
enforcement and public information) whose costs are recovered by 
assessment of a regulatory fee.
    41. We propose to assess DBS licensees the fee applicable to all 
geosynchronous satellite licensees and, therefore, to include DBS for 
regulatory fee purposes in the Space Station fee category. In 
developing our proposed DBS fee, we considered assessing DBS licensees 
a per subscriber fee rather than including them within the 
geosynchronous satellite fee category. We currently assess per 
subscriber fees in several fee categories, including a per subscriber 
fee for cable television systems. However, we propose that DBS 
satellites be included in the geosynchronous satellite category. 
Despite the fact that DBS is a subscriber-based service, costs 
attributable to regulating DBS operators are more similar to those 
attributable to regulation of other geosynchronous space stations. 
Regulatory responsibilities related to space stations focus on policy 
and rulemaking activities, and are unrelated to the number of end users 
of satellite services. Moreover, DBS rules do not impose additional 
regulatory requirements on video service providers that are 
specifically related to the individual subscriber. Thus, the number of 
subscribers to a DBS service does not significantly affect the 
regulatory costs arising from DBS services. By contrast, cable service 
providers are subject to rate regulation, customer service standards, 
and certain programming obligations. In addition, a subscriber-based 
formula would penalize DBS licensees who win more subscribers with less 
space station capacity (and hence lower regulatory costs). Moreover, 
because DBS licensees are not restricted to the provision of video 
programming, but rather may provide various non-video services, we 
concluded that a facility-based fee would ensure that each DBS licensee 
contributed equitably to the cost of DBS regulation without the need to 
impose possibly burdensome and overly intrusive reporting requirements 
necessary to gather information identifying the services offered by 
individual DBS operators.
    42. In light of the factors discussed above, we propose to assess 
fees on these licensees on a per station basis. See Appendix F, 
Paragraph 35.
10. Intelsat & Inmarsat Signatory
    43. For FY 1995, we determined that Comsat was not subject to 
payment of a geosynchronous satellite regulatory fee for its Intelsat 
and Inmarsat satellites because the legislative history of Section 9 
states that regulatory fees should not be assessed upon space stations 
operated by international bodies. See FY 1995 Report and Order, 
Paragraph 110. Instead, we propose to explore other ways to recover our 
regulatory costs incurred due to Comsat's participation in the Intelsat 
and Inmarsat programs. Thus, we are proposing to assess a new fee to 
recover our costs of regulation of the U.S. Signatory to Intelsat and 
Inmarsat. We believe that the fee is appropriate in view of the unique 
role of the U.S. Signatory in Intelsat's and Inmarsat's structure and 
our unique regulatory role with respect to these entities.
    44. We propose to establish the separate Signatory fee because our 
geosynchronous space station fee now recovers a significant amount of 
costs directly attributable to our resource burden related to 
conducting our oversight of the U.S. Signatory to these international 
operations.3 Currently, we are conducting several proceedings 
regarding the U.S. Signatories' authority to provide services via 
Intelsat and Inmarsat, the U.S. Signatories' authority to participate 
in the procurement or leasing of various Intelsat and Inmarsat space 
stations, and their authority to participate in certain Intelsat and 
Inmarsat-associated businesses. There also are proceedings pending 
before us related to whether the U.S. Signatory has conformed to 
applicable structural and financial separation rules. In addition, we 
actively participate on an ongoing basis with the Executive Branch in 
the oversight of the U.S. Signatories' representations of U.S. policy 
at the Intelsat and Inmarsat governing boards through the U.S. 
Government instructional process and participate directly in the 
Assembly of Parties meetings of the two intergovernmental 
organizations. Finally, we maintain public files of Intelsat and 
Inmarsat governing board and other organizational documents.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ The U.S. Signatory to Intelsat is the Communications 
Satellite Corporation (COMSAT), the entity designated, pursuant to 
the Communications Satellite Act, as the sole operating entity to 
participate in the International Telecommunications Satellite 
Organization (Intelsat) in order to construct and operate the space 
segment of the global commercial telecommunications satellite system 
established under the Interim Agreement and Special Agreement signed 
by Governments on August 20, 1964. See 47 U.S.C. Sec. 301. Also, the 
U.S. Signatory to Inmarsat is Comsat, solely designated, pursuant to 
the Communications Satellite Act, to participate in the 
International Mobile Satellite Organization (Inmarsat).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    45. Because our regulation of the U.S. Signatories is substantially 
different from our regulatory activities related to satellite systems 
licensed by us, we are persuaded that the costs of our activities 
related to the signatories should be recovered directly from the U.S. 
Signatories rather than from space station licensees generally. 
Moreover, we do not believe that it is necessary or appropriate to base 
the Signatory fee on the number of space stations owned by the two 
intergovernmental satellite systems. Rather, we will formulate the 
Signatory fee pursuant to our cost of oversight of the Signatory's 
activities.
    46. Our review of our signatory activities discloses that 
approximately 14.7% of the costs attributable to space station 
regulatory oversight ($2,960,100), as determined in

[[Page 16437]]

Appendix C, is directly related to Intelsat and Inmarsat Signatory 
activities (5.25 FTEs 4 out of a total of 35.7 direct FTEs). This 
means that approximately $435,135 must be collected from the 
signatories to offset the regulatory costs attributed to them 
($2,960,100  x  14.7%). Dividing this revenue requirement by two (there 
are signatories to two separate organizations), yields a signatory fee 
of $217,575 (rounded). Therefore, we are proposing to add a new 
regulatory fee of $217,575 for each designation as a signatory. See 
Appendix F, Paragraph 37. Comment is requested on our proposal to 
charge a signatory fee and on the methodology for calculating such a 
fee.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ Full Time Equivalent (FTE) employment is the total number of 
regular straight-time hours (i.e., not including overtime or holiday 
hours) worked or to be worked by current and future employees 
divided by the number of compensable hours applicable to each fiscal 
year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    47. Since the proposed Signatory fee will recover our costs 
attributable to our signatory oversight, we are also proposing, in 
conjunction with that proposal, to reduce the corresponding space 
station fee. The new space station fee is computed by reducing the 
revenue requirement for space stations calculated in Appendix C 
($2,960,100) by the $435,150 to be collected from signatories and 
dividing the reduced space station revenue requirement ($2,524,950) by 
the number of payment units (39 operational space stations). The result 
of these calculations is a new fee of $64,750 (rounded) for each 
operational space station.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ This fee is further adjusted in Paragraph 51.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

11. Low Earth Orbit (LEO) Satellite Systems
    48. The FY 1994 statutory regulatory fee schedule (see 47 U.S.C. 
159(g)) proposed a $90,000 regulatory fee for licensees in the Low 
Earth Orbit (LEO) Satellite service. However, the Commission found that 
there were no operational LEO systems on the effective date of the FY 
1994 Schedule and suspended the fee for that year and again for FY 
1995. See FY 1995 Report and Order, Paragraph 15. For FY 1996, however, 
there are licensed and operational LEO systems. Therefore, we propose 
to include a Low Earth Orbit Satellite System fee in the Schedule of 
Regulatory Fees.
    49. In developing a LEO System regulatory fee for FY 1996, we 
propose to apportion the total revenue requirement for all space 
stations between LEO systems and geosynchronous space station 
licensees. In so doing, we also propose to preserve the same relative 
relationship between the fees established by the Congress in Section 
9(g) of the Act for geosynchronous space stations and LEO systems; 
i.e., an approximate 38.5% differential between the fee for LEO systems 
and the fee for geosynchronous space stations. 47 U.S.C. Sec. 159(g). 
Reliance on this methodology will reduce the revenue which must be 
collected from space stations other than LEOs and the corresponding 
fees for space stations which had been calculated in Appendix C and 
subsequently adjusted in Paragraph 49. As a result of our calculations, 
we are proposing a new LEO system regulatory fee of $87,725 and a new 
geosynchronous space station fee of $63,500 for FY 1996.6 See 
Appendix F, Paragraphs 35-36.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ The FY 1996 adjusted revenue requirement for all space 
stations has been determined to be $2,524,950. See Paragraph 49. For 
FY 1996, there are two LEO systems and 37 geosynchronous space 
stations subject to fee payment. The formula for computing the new 
LEO and geosynchronous space station fees is as follows:
    (a) We have assigned ``L'' to represent the proposed LEO system 
fee and ``G'' to represent the proposed geosynchronous space station 
fee. I.e.,
    L = LEO System Fee
    G = Geosynchronous Space Station Fee
    (b) The relationship between the LEO fee and the geosynchronous 
fee may be expressed as:
    L = 1.385G (i.e., the LEO fee needs to be 38.5% higher than the 
corresponding geosynchronous space station fee).
    (c) The total revenue to be collected from LEOs and 
geosynchronous space stations may be expressed as:
    2L + 37G = $2,524,950 (i.e., the two existing LEO systems and 37 
geosynchronous stations together must account for $2,524,950 in 
revenues).
    (d) Substituting the value of ``L'' in (b) above into the 
formula in (c) above yields the following:
    2(1.385G) + 37G = $2,524,950
    2.77G + 37G = $2,524,950
    39.77G = $2,524,950
    G = $63,489
    (e) Therefore, ``G'' (Geosynchronous space station fee) is 
$63,500 (after rounding).
    (f) Substituting the computed value of ``G'' in (d) above into 
the formula in (c) above yields the following:
    2L + 37(63,500) = 2,524,950
    2L + 2,349,500 = 2,524,950
    2L = 175,450
    L = 87,725
    (g) Therefore, ``L'' (LEO fee) is $87,725.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

12. Minimum Fee Payment Liability
    50. In FY 1995 the Commission received several small fee payments 
that cost more to deposit and process than the actual amount collected. 
Such payments occur in fee categories where there is a per unit or per 
subscriber charge, such as the fee for cable television (per 
subscriber) or CMRS one-way paging (per unit).
    51. Our collection and verification costs for small payments is 
considerably more than any revenue generated from these collections. 
Thus, we are proposing for FY 1996 a minimum fee liability for payees 
of Commission regulatory fees. Our minimum fee liability policy would 
exempt fee payment for any licensee whose total fee liability was less 
than $10. This exemption would apply only when the total fee due from 
an entity, including all categories of fees for which a payment is due 
by an entity, is less than $10. To ensure that this exemption is 
utilized as envisioned, we are also proposing to continue to require 
that licensees complete and submit FCC Form 159, ``FCC Remittance 
Advice'' so that we may verify that a fee payment is not required of 
these entities.

F. Procedures for Payment of Regulatory Fees

    52. Generally, we propose to retain the procedures that we have 
established for the payment of regulatory fees. Section 9(f) requires 
that we permit ``payment by installments in the case of fees in large 
amounts, and in the case of small amounts, shall require the payment of 
the fee in advance for a number of years not to exceed the term of the 
license held by the payor.'' See 47 U.S.C. Sec. 159(f)(1). Consistent 
with the section, we are again establishing three categories of fee 
payments, based upon the category of service for which the fee payment 
is due and the amount of the fee to be paid. The fee categories are (1) 
``Standard'' fees, (2) ``large'' fees, and (3) ``small'' fees.
1. Annual Payments of Standard Fees
    53. Standard fees are those regulatory fees that are payable in 
full on an annual basis. Payers of standard fees are not required to 
make advance payments for their full license term and are not eligible 
for installment payments. All standard fees are payable in full on the 
date we establish for payment of fees in their regulatory fee category. 
The payment dates for each regulatory fee category will be announced 
either in the Report and Order in this proceeding or by public notice 
in the Federal Register following the termination of the proceeding.
2. Installment Payments for Large Fees
    54. In our FY 1995 NPRM, we proposed that regulatees in any 
category of service with a payment liability of $12,000 or more would 
be eligible to make installment payments. Further, we proposed that 
eligibility for payment by installment would be based upon the amount 
of either a single regulatory fee payment or combination of fee 
payments by the same licensee or regulatee. However, in our FY 1995

[[Page 16438]]

Order, we declined to adopt our installment payment proposals because, 
as a practical matter, there would be insufficient time following the 
effective date of our FY 1995 Schedule of Fees to permit a meaningful 
implementation of an installment payment program.
    55. For FY 1996, while we are mindful that time constraints may 
preclude an opportunity for installment payments, we will once more 
propose that regulatees in any category of service with a payment 
liability of $12,000 or more be eligible to make installment payments 
and that eligibility for payment by installment be based upon the 
amount of either a single regulatory fee payment or combination of fee 
payments by the same licensee or regulatee. Therefore, we propose that 
regulatees eligible to pay by installment payments may submit their 
required fee in two equal payments (on dates to be announced in the 
Report and Order terminating this proceeding or in the Federal Register 
following the proceeding's termination), or, in the alternative, may 
submit a single full payment on the date that their final installment 
payment is due.
3. Advance Payments of Small Fees
    56. As we have in the past, we are proposing to treat regulatory 
fee payments by certain licensees as small fees subject to advance 
payments. Advance payments will be required from licensees of those 
services that we decided would be subject to advance payments in our FY 
1994 Order.7 Payers of advance fees will submit the entire fee due 
for the full term of their licenses when filing their initial, renewal 
or reinstatement application. Regulatees subject to a payment of small 
fees shall pay the amount due for the current fiscal year multiplied by 
the number of years in the term of their requested license. In the 
event that the required fee is adjusted following their payment of the 
fee, the payor would not be subject to the payment of a new fee until 
filing an application for renewal or reinstatement of the license. 
Thus, payment for the full license term would be made based upon the 
regulatory fee applicable at the time the application is filed. The 
Commission will announce by public notice in the Federal Register the 
effective date for the payment of small fees pursuant to the FY 1996 
fee schedule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ Applicants for new, renewal and reinstatement licenses in 
the following services will be required to pay their regulatory fees 
in advance: Land Mobile Services, Microwave services, Interactive 
Video Data Services (IVDS), Marine (Ship) Service, Marine (Coast) 
Service, Private Land Mobile (Other) Services, Aviation (Aircraft) 
Service, Aviation (Ground) Service, General Mobile Radio Service 
(GMRS). In addition, applicants for Amateur Radio vanity call signs 
will be required to submit an advance payment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Minimum Fee Payment Liability
    57. As discussed above, regulatees whose total fee liability is 
less than ten dollars are exempted from fee payment in 1996. See 
Paragraphs 54-55. However, such regulatees must complete and submit FCC 
Form 159, ``FCC Remittance Advice'' so that we may verify that a fee 
payment is not due. The Commission will announce by public notice in 
the Federal Register the effective date for the submission of this fee 
form.
5. Standard Fee Calculations and Payment Dates
    58. As noted, the time for payment of standard fees and any 
installment payments will be published in the Federal Register. For 
licensees, permittees and holders of other authorizations in the Common 
Carrier, Mass Media, and Cable Services, whose fees are not based on a 
subscriber, line or circuit count, fees should be submitted for any 
authorization held as of October 1, 1995. October 1 is the date to be 
used for establishing liability for payment of standard fees since it 
is the first day of the federal government's fiscal year.
    59. In the case of regulatees whose fees are based upon a 
subscriber, line or circuit count, the number of a regulatees' 
subscribers, licenses or circuits on December 31, 1995, will be used to 
calculate the fee payment.8 We have selected the last date of the 
calendar year because many of these entities file reports with us as of 
that date. Others calculate their subscriber numbers as of that date 
for internal purposes. Therefore, calculation of the regulatory fee as 
of that date will facilitate both an entity's computation of its fee 
payment and our verification that the correct fee payment has been 
submitted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ Cable systems calculate their regulatory fees using 
subscriber data submitted to the Commission in their Annual Report 
of Cable Television Systems (FCC Form 325). Accordingly, the number 
of cable subscribers will not neccessarily be based on account as of 
December 31, 1995, but rather on ``a typical day in the last full 
week'' of December 1995.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

G. Schedule of Regulatory Fees

    60. The Commission's proposed Schedule of Regulatory Fees for FY 
1996 is contained in Appendix D of this NPRM.

IV. Procedural Matters

A. Comment Period and Procedures

    61. Pursuant to the procedures set forth in sections 1.415 and 
1.419 of the Commission's rules, interested parties may file comments 
on or before April 29, 1996, and reply comments on or before May 9, 
1996. All relevant comments will be considered by the Commission before 
final action is taken in this proceeding. To file formally in this 
proceeding, participants must file an original and four copies of all 
comments, reply comments and supporting materials. If participants want 
each Commissioner to receive a personal copy of their comments, an 
original and nine copies must be filed. Comments and reply comments 
should be sent to the Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications 
Commission, Washington, D.C. 20554. Interested parties, who do not wish 
to formally participate in this proceeding, may file informal comments 
to the same address. Comments and reply comments will be available for 
public inspection during regular business hours in the FCC Reference 
Center (Room 239) of the Federal Communications Commission, 1919 M 
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20554.

[[Page 16439]]

B. Ex Parte Rules

    62. This is a non-restricted notice and comment rulemaking 
proceeding. Ex parte presentations are permitted, except during the 
Sunshine Agenda period, provided they are disclosed pursuant to the 
Commission's rules. See 47 CFR Secs. 1.1202, 1.1203 and 1026(a).

C. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

    63. As required by section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act 
(Pub. L. No. 96-354, 94 Stat. 1165, 5 U.S.C. Sec. 601 et seq. (1981), 
the Commission has prepared an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis 
(IRFA) of the expected impact on small entities of the proposals 
suggested in this document. The IRFA is set forth in Appendix A. 
Written public comments are requested with respect to the IRFA. These 
comments must be filed in accordance with the same filing deadlines for 
comments on the rest of the NPRM, but they must have a separate and 
distinct heading, designating the comments as responses to the IRFA. 
The Secretary shall send a copy of this NPRM, including the IRFA, to 
the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration in 
accordance with section 603(a) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.

D. Authority and Further Information

    64. Authority for this proceeding is contained in sections 4 (i) 
and (j), 9, and 303(r) of the Communications Act of 1934 as amended, 47 
U.S.C. Secs. 154 (i) and (j) and 159 and 303(r).
    65. Further information about this proceeding may be obtained by 
contacting the Fees Hotline at (202) 418-0192.

Federal Communications Commission.
William F. Caton,
Acting Secretary.

Appendix A--Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

Reason for Action

    This rulemaking proceeding is initiated to obtain comment 
regarding the Commission's proposed amendment of its Schedule of 
Regulatory Fees in order to collect regulatory fees in the amount of 
$116,400,000, the amount that Congress has required the Commission 
to recover through regulatory fees in Fiscal Year 1996.

Objectives

    The Commission seeks to collect the necessary amount through its 
proposed revised regulatory fees, as contained in the attached 
Schedule of Regulatory Fees, in the most efficient manner possible 
and without undue burden to the public.

Legal Basis

    The proposed action is authorized under sections (4) (i) and 
(j), 9 and 303(r) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 
U.S.C. Secs. 154 (i) and (j), 159, and 303(r).

Reporting, Recordkeeping and other Compliance Requirements

    The Commission has developed FCC Form 159 and FCC Form 159C for 
submission with regulatory fee payments. Also, the Commission has 
adopted implementation rules governing the payment of regulatory 
fees. See 47 CFR Sec. 1.1151 et seq.

Federal Rules that Overlap, Duplicate or Conflict with Proposed Rule

    None.

Description, Potential Impact, and Number of Small Entities Involved

    The proposed amendment of the Schedule of Regulatory Fees will 
affect permittees, licensees and other regulatees in the cable, 
common carrier, mass media, private radio and international 
services. After evaluating the comments in this proceeding, the 
Commission will further examine the impact of any fee revisions or 
additions or rule changes on small entities and set forth our 
findings in the Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis.

Any Significant Alternatives Minimizing the Impact on Small Entities 
Consistent With the Stated Objectives

    The Notice solicits comments on alternative methods of assessing 
the regulatory fees necessary to recover the $116,400,000 in costs 
that Congress has required us to recover through regulatory fees in 
FY 1996.

Appendix B--Sources of Payment Unit Estimates for FY 1996

    In order to calculate individual service fees for FY 1996, we 
adjusted FY 1995 payment units for each service to more accurately 
reflect expected FY 1996 payment liabilities. We obtained our 
updated estimates through a variety of means. For example, we used 
Commission licensee data bases, actual prior year payment records 
and industry and trade association projections when available. We 
tried to obtain verification for these estimates from multiple 
sources and, in all cases, we compared FY 1996 estimates with actual 
FY 1995 payment units to ensure that our revised estimates were 
reasonable. Where it made sense, we adjusted and/or rounded our 
final estimates to take into consideration the fact that certain 
variables that impact on the number of payment units yet cannot be 
estimated exactly. These include an unknown number of waivers and/or 
exemptions that may occur in FY 1996 and the fact that, in many 
services, the number of actual licensees or station operators 
fluctuates from time to time due to economic, technical or other 
reasons. Therefore, when we note, for example, that our estimated FY 
1996 payment units are based on FY 1995 actual payment units, it 
does not necessarily mean that our FY 1996 projection is exactly the 
same number as FY 1995. It means that we have either rounded the FY 
1995 number or adjusted it slightly to account for these variables.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Fee catgory               Sources of payment unit estimates    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Land Mobile (All), Microwave,  Based on Wireless Telecommunications     
 IVDS, Marine (Ship & Coast),   Bureau (WTB) projections of new         
 Aviation (Aircraft &           applications and renewals taking into   
 Ground), GMRS, Amateur         consideration existing Commission       
 Vanity Call Signs, Domestic    licensee data bases. Aviation (Aircraft)
 Public Fixed.                  and Marine (Ship) estimates have been   
                                adjusted to take into consideration     
                                proposals to license portions of these  
                                services on a voluntary basis.          
CMRS Mobile Services (incl.    Based on actual FY 1995 payment units    
 Cellular/Public Mobile Radio   adjusted to take into consideration     
 Services and Two Way Paging    industry estimates of growth between FY 
 Services).                     1995 and FY 1996 and Wireless           
                                Telecommunications Bureau projections of
                                new applications and average number of  
                                mobile units associated with each       
                                application.                            
CMRS One Way Paging Services.  Based on industry estimates of the number
                                of pager units in operation.            
AM/FM Radio Stations.........  Based on actual FY 1995 payment units.   
UHF/VHF Television Stations..  Based on actual FY 1995 payment units.   
AM/FM/TV Construction Permits  Based on actual FY 1995 payment units.   
                                                                        

[[Page 16440]]

                                                                        
LPTV, Translators and          Based on actual FY 1995 payment units.   
 Boosters.                                                              
Auxiliaries..................  Based on actual FY 1995 payment units.   
MDS/MMDS.....................  Based on actual FY 1995 payment units.   
Cable Antenna Relay System     Based on actual FY 1995 payment units.   
 (CARS).                                                                
Cable Television System        Based on Cable Services Bureau and       
 Subscribers.                   industry estimates of subscribership.   
IXCs/LECs, CAPs, Other         Based on actual FY 1995 interstate       
 Service Providers.             revenues associated with contributions  
                                to the Telecommunications Relay System  
                                (TRS) Fund adjusted to take into        
                                consideration FY 1996 revenue growth in 
                                this industry as estimated by the Common
                                Carrier Bureau.                         
Earth Stations...............  Based on actual FY 1995 payment units.   
Space Stations & LEOs........  Based on International Bureau licensee   
                                data bases.                             
International Bearer Circuits  Based on actual FY 1995 payment units.   
International HF Broadcast     Based on actual FY 1995 payment units.   
 Stations, International                                                
 Public Fixed Radio Service.                                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------

BILLING CODE 6712-01-P

[[Page 16441]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP15AP96.011

BILLING CODE 6712-01-C

[[Page 16442]]

             Appendix D--FY 1996 Schedule of Regulatory Fees            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Annual    
                      Fee category                        regulatory fee
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Land Mobile (per license) (220-222 Mhz, above 470 Mhz,                  
 Base Station and SMRS) (47 CFR Part 90)................         6      
Microwave (per license) (47 CFR Part 101)...............         6      
Interactive Video Data Service (per license) (47 CFR                    
 Part 95)...............................................         6      
Marine (Ship) (per station) (47 CFR Part 80)............         3      
Marine (Coast) (per license) (47 CFR Part 80)...........         3      
General Mobile Radio Service (per license) (47 CFR Part                 
 95)....................................................         3      
Land Mobile (per license) (all stations not covered                     
 above).................................................         3      
Aviation (Aircraft) (per station) (47 CFR Part 87)......         3      
Aviation (Ground) (per license) (47 CFR Part 87)........         3      
Amateur Vanity Call Signs (per call sign) (47 CFR Part                  
 97)....................................................         3      
CMRS Mobile Services (per unit) (47 CFR Parts 20, 22, 80                
 and 90)................................................          .15   
CMRS One-Way Paging (per unit) (47 CFR Parts 20, 22 and                 
 90)....................................................          .02   
Domestic Public Fixed Radio (per call sign) (47 CFR Part                
 21)....................................................       140      
AM Radio (47 CFR Part 73):                                              
    Class A.............................................     1,125      
    Class B.............................................       630      
    Class C.............................................       255      
    Class D.............................................       315      
    Construction Permits................................       125      
FM Radio (47 CFR Part 73):                                              
    Classes C, C1, C2, B................................     1,125      
    Classes A, B1, C3...................................       755      
    Construction Permits................................       625      
TV (47 CFR Part 73) VHF Commercial:                                     
    Markets 1-10........................................    22,700      
    Markets 11-25.......................................    20,175      
    Markets 26-50.......................................    15,125      
    Markets 51-100......................................    10,100      
    Remaining Markets...................................     6,300      
    Construction Permits................................     5,025      
TV (47 CFR Part 73) UHF Commercial:                                     
    Markets 1-10........................................    18,150      
    Markets 11-25.......................................    16,150      
    Markets 26-50.......................................    12,100      
    Markets 51-100......................................     8,075      
    Remaining Markets...................................     5,025      
    Construction Permits................................     4,025      
Satellite Television Stations (All Markets).............       625      
Construction Permits--Satellite Television Stations.....       230      
Low Power TV, TV/FM Translators & Boosters (47 CFR Part                 
 74)....................................................       170      
Broadcast Auxiliary (47 CFR Part 74)....................        30      
Multipoint Distribution Service (per call sign) (47 CFR                 
 Part 21)...............................................       140      
Cable Antenna Relay Service (47 CFR Part 78)............       295      
Cable Television Systems (per subscriber) (47 CFR Part                  
 76)....................................................          .50   
Interstate Telephone Service Providers (per revenue                     
 dollar)................................................          .00089
Earth Stations (47 CFR Part 25).........................       335      
Space Stations (per operational station in                              
 geosynchronous orbit) (47 CFR Part 25) also includes                   
 Direct Broadcast Satellite Service (per operational                    
 station) (47 CFR Part 100).............................    63,500      
Low Earth Orbit Satellite (per operational system) (47                  
 CFR Part 25)...........................................    87,725      
INMARSAT/INTELSAT Signatory (per signatory).............   217,575      
International Circuits (per active 64KB circuit)........         4      
International Public Fixed (per call sign) (47 CFR Part                 
 23)....................................................       200      
International (HF) Broadcast (47 CFR Part 73)...........       255      
------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Appendix E--Comparison Between FY 1995 and FY 1996 Regulatory Fees   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Proposed   
                                               Annual         annual    
               Fee category                  regulatory   regulatory fee
                                             fee FY 1995      FY 1996   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Land Mobile (per license) (220-222 Mhz,                                 
 above 470 Mhz, Base Station and SMRS) (47                              
 CFR Part 90).............................       6               6      
Microwave (per license) (47 CFR Part 101).       6               6      
Interactive Video Data Service (per                                     
 license) (47 CFR Part 95)................       6               6      
Marine (Ship) (per station) (47 CFR Part                                
 80)......................................       3               3      
Marine (Coast) (per license) (47 CFR Part                               
 80)......................................       3               3      
General Mobile Radio Service (per license)                              
 (47 CFR Part 95).........................       3               3      
Land Mobile (per license) (all stations                                 
 not covered above).......................       3               3      
Aviation (Aircraft) (per station) (47 CFR                               
 Part 87).................................       3               3      
Aviation (Ground) (per license) (47 CFR                                 
 Part 87).................................       3               3      
Amateur Vanity Call Signs (per call sign)                               
 (47 CFR Part 97).........................       3               3      

[[Page 16443]]

                                                                        
CMRS Mobile Services (per unit) (47 CFR                                 
 Parts 20, 22, 80 and 90).................        .15             .15   
CMRS One-Way Paging (per unit) (47 CFR                                  
 Parts 20, 22, and 90)....................        .02             .02   
Domestic Public Fixed Radio (per call                                   
 sign) (47 CFR Part 21)...................     140             140      
AM Radio (47 CFR Part 73):                                              
    Class A...............................   1,120           1,125      
    Class B...............................     620             630      
    Class C...............................     250             255      
    Class D...............................     310             315      
    Construction Permits..................     125             125      
FM Radio (47 CFR Part 73):                                              
    Classes C, C1, C2, B..................   1,120           1,125      
    Classes A, B1, C3.....................     745             755      
    Construction Permits..................     620             625      
TV (47 CFR Part 73) VHF Commercial:                                     
    Markets 1-10..........................  22,420          22,700      
    Markets 11-25.........................  19,925          20,175      
    Markets 26-50.........................  14,950          15,125      
    Markets 51-100........................   9,975          10,100      
    Remaining Markets.....................   6,225           6,300      
    Construction Permits..................   4,975           5,025      
TV (47 CFR Part 73) UHF Commercial:                                     
    Markets 1-10..........................  17,925          18,150      
    Markets 11-25.........................  15,950          16,150      
    Markets 26-50.........................  11,950          12,100      
    Markets 51-100........................   7,975           8,075      
    Remaining Markets.....................   4,975           5,025      
    Construction Permits..................   3,975           4,025      
Satellite Television Stations (All                                      
 Markets).................................     620             625      
Construction Permits--Satellite Television                              
 Stations.................................     225             230      
Low Power TV, TV/FM Translators & Boosters                              
 (47 CFR Part 74).........................     170             170      
Broadcast Auxiliary (47 CFR Part 74)......      30              30      
Multipoint Distribution Service (per call                               
 sign) (47 CFR Part 21)...................     140             140      
Cable Antenna Relay Service (47 CFR Part                                
 78)......................................     290             295      
Cable Television Systems (per subscriber)                               
 (47 CFR Part 76).........................        .49             .50   
Interstate Telephone Service Providers                                  
 (per revenue dollar).....................        .00088          .00089
Earth Stations (47 CFR Part 25)...........     330             335      
Space Stations (per operational station in                              
 geosynchronous orbit) (47 CFR Part 25)...  75,000          63,500      
Also includes Direct Broadcast Satellite                                
 Service (per operational station) (47 CFR                              
 Part 100)................................     n/a          63,500      
Earth Orbit Satellite (per operational                                  
 system) (47 CFR Part 25).................     n/a          87,725      
INMARSAT/INTELSAT Signatory (per                                        
 signatory)...............................     n/a         217,575      
International Circuits (per active 64KB                                 
 circuit).................................       4               4      
International Public Fixed (per call sign)                              
 (47 CFR Part 23).........................     200             200      
International (HF) Broadcast (47 CFR Part                               
 73)......................................     250             255      
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Appendix F--FY 1996 Guidelines for Regulatory Fee Categories

    1. The guidelines below provide an explanation of regulatory fee 
categories established by the Schedule of Regulatory Fees in Section 
9(g) of the Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. 159(g) as modified in the 
instant Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. Where regulatory fee 
categories need interpretation or clarification, we have relied on 
the legislative history of Section 9, our own experience in 
establishing and regulating the Schedule of Regulatory Fees for 
Fiscal Years (FY) 1994 and 1995 and the services subject to the fee 
schedule, and the comments of the parties in our proceeding to adopt 
fees for FY 1995. The categories and amounts set out in the schedule 
have been modified to reflect changes in the number of payment 
units, additions and changes in the services subject to the fee 
requirement and the benefits derived from the Commission's 
regulatory activities, and to simplify the structure of the 
schedule. The schedule may be similarly modified or adjusted in 
future years to reflect changes in the Commission's budget and in 
the services regulated by the Commission. See 47 U.S.C. 159(b) (2), 
(3).
    2. Exemptions. Most licensees and other entities regulated by 
the Commission must pay regulatory fees in 1996. However, 
governments and nonprofit (exempt under Section 501 of the Internal 
Revenue Code) entities are exempt from paying regulatory fees and 
should not submit payment, but may be asked to submit a current IRS 
Determination Letter documenting its nonprofit status, a 
certification of governmental authority, or certification from a 
governmental entity attesting to its exempt status. The governmental 
exemption applies even where the government-owned or community-owned 
facility is in direct competition with commercial stations. Other 
specific exemptions are discussed below in association with a 
particular service category or group.

1. Private Wireless Radio Services

    3. Two levels of statutory fees were established for the Private 
Wireless Radio Services--exclusive use services and shared use 
services. Thus, licensees who generally receive a higher quality 
communication channel due to exclusive or lightly shared frequency 
assignments, will pay a higher fee than those who share marginal 
quality assignments. This dichotomy is consistent with the directive 
of section 9 that the regulatory fees reflect the benefits provided 
to the licensees. See 47 U.S.C. 159(b)(1)(A). In addition, because 
of the generally small amount of the fees assessed against Private 
Wireless Radio Service licensees, applicants for new licenses and 
reinstatements and for renewal of existing licenses are required to 
pay a regulatory fee covering the entire license term, with only a 
percentage of all licensees paying a regulatory fee in any one year. 
Applications for modification or assignment of existing 
authorizations do not require the payment of regulatory fees. The

[[Page 16444]]

expiration date of those authorizations will reflect only the 
unexpired term of the underlying license rather than a new license 
term.

a. Exclusive Use Services

    4. Land Mobile Services: Regulatees in this category include 
those authorized under Part 90 of the Commission's Rules to provide 
limited access Wireless Radio service that allows high quality voice 
or digital communications between vehicles or to fixed stations to 
further the business activities of the licensee. These services, 
using the 220-222 MHz band and frequencies at 470 MHz and above, may 
be offered on a private carrier basis in the Specialized Mobile 
Radio Services (SMRS).1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ This category only applies to licensees of shared-use 
private 220-222 MHz and 470 MHz and above in the Specialized Mobile 
Radio (SMR) service who have elected not to change to the Commercial 
Mobile Radio Service (CMRS). Those who have elected to change to the 
CMRS are referred to paragraph 14 of this Appendix.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For FY 1996, Land Mobile licensees will pay a $6 annual 
regulatory fee per license, payable for an entire five or ten year 
license term at the time of application for a new, renewal or 
reinstatement license.2 The total regulatory fee due is either 
$30 for a license with a five year term or $60 for a license with a 
10 year term.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ Although this fee category includes licenses with ten year 
terms, the estimated volume of ten year l
FR Doc. 96-9192 Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees For Fiscal Year 1996
icense applications in FY 
1996 is less than one tenth of one percent and, therefore, is 
statistically insignificant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    5. Microwave Services: These services include private microwave 
systems and private carrier systems authorized under Part 101 of the 
Commission's Rules to provide telecommunications services between 
fixed points on a high quality channel of communications. Microwave 
systems are often used to relay data and to control railroad, 
pipeline and utility equipment. For FY 1996, Microwave licensees 
will pay a $6 annual regulatory fee per license, payable for an 
entire ten year license term at the time of application for a new, 
renewal or reinstatement license. The total regulatory fee due is 
$60 for the ten year license term.
    6. Interactive Video Data Service (IVDS): The IVDS is a two-way 
point-to-multi-point radio service allocated high quality channels 
of communications and authorized under Part 95 of the Commission's 
Rules. The IVDS provides information, products and services, and 
also the capability to obtain responses from subscribers in a 
specific service area. The IVDS is offered on a private carrier 
basis. For FY 1996, IVDS licensees will pay a $6 annual regulatory 
fee per license, payable for an entire five year license term at the 
time of application for a new, renewal, or reinstatement license. 
The total regulatory fee due is $30 for the five year term of the 
license.
b. Shared Use Services
    7. Marine (Ship) Service: This service is a shipboard radio 
service authorized under Part 80 of the Commission's Rules to 
provide telecommunications between watercraft or between watercraft 
and shore-based stations. Radio installations are required by 
domestic and international law for large passenger or cargo vessels. 
Radio equipment may be voluntarily installed on smaller vessels, 
such as recreational boats. The recently enacted Telecommunications 
Act of 1996 gave the Commission the authority to license certain 
ship stations by rule rather than by individual license. Private 
boat operators sailing entirely within domestic U.S. waters and who 
are not otherwise required by treaty or agreement to carry a radio, 
may no longer be required to hold a marine license if the Commission 
enacts rules to that effect, and they will not be required to pay a 
regulatory fee. For FY 1996, parties required to be licensed and 
those choosing to be licensed for Marine (Ship) Stations will pay a 
$3 annual regulatory fee per station, payable for an entire ten year 
license term at the time of application for a new, renewal or 
reinstatement license. The total regulatory fee due is $30 for the 
ten year license term.
    8. Marine (Coast) Service: This service includes land-based 
stations in the maritime services, authorized under Part 80 of the 
Commission's Rules, to provide communications services to ships and 
other watercraft in coastal and inland waterways. For FY 1996, 
licensees of Marine (Coast) Stations will pay a $3 annual regulatory 
fee per call sign, payable for the entire five year license term at 
the time of application for a new, renewal or reinstatement license. 
The total regulatory fee due is $15 per call sign for the five year 
license term.
    9. Private Land Mobile (Other) Services: These services include 
Land Mobile Radio Services operating under Parts 90 and 95 of the 
Commission's Rules. Services in this category provide one or two way 
communications between vehicles, persons or to fixed stations on a 
shared basis and include radiolocation services, industrial radio 
services and land transportation radio services. For FY 1996, 
licensees of services in this category will pay a $3 annual 
regulatory fee per call sign, payable for an entire five year 
license term at the time of application for a new, renewal or 
reinstatement license. The total regulatory fee due is $15 for the 
five year license term.
    10. Aviation (Aircraft) Service: These services include stations 
authorized to provide communications between aircraft and from 
aircraft to ground stations and includes frequencies used to 
communicate with air traffic control facilities pursuant to Part 87 
of the Commission's Rules. The recently enacted Telecommunications 
Act of 1996 gave the Commission the authority to license certain 
aircraft radio stations by rule rather than by individual license. 
Private aircraft operators flying entirely within domestic U.S. 
airspace and who are not otherwise required by treaty or agreement 
to carry a radio, may no longer be required to hold an aircraft 
license if the Commission enacts rules to that effect, and they will 
not be required to pay a regulatory fee. For FY 1996, parties 
required to be licensed and those choosing to be licensed for 
Aviation (Aircraft) Stations will pay a $3 annual regulatory fee per 
station, payable for the entire ten year license term at the time of 
application for a new, renewal or reinstatement license. The total 
regulatory fee due is $30 per station for the ten year license term.
    11. Aviation (Ground) Service: This service includes stations 
authorized to provide ground-based communications to aircraft for 
weather or landing information, or for logistical support pursuant 
to Part 87 of the Commission's Rules. Certain ground-based stations 
which only serve itinerant traffic; i.e., possess no actual units on 
which to assess a fee, are exempt from payment of regulatory fees. 
For FY 1996, licensees of Aviation (Ground) Stations will pay a $3 
annual regulatory fee per license, payable for the entire five year 
license term at the time of application for a new, renewal or 
reinstatement license. The total regulatory fee is $15 per call sign 
for the five year license term.
    12. General Mobile Radio Service (GMRS): These services include 
Land Mobile Radio licensees providing personal and limited business 
communications between vehicles or to fixed stations for short-
range, two-way communications pursuant to Part 95 of the 
Commission's Rules. For FY 1996, GMRS licensees will pay a $3 annual 
regulatory fee per license, payable for an entire five year license 
term at the time of application for a new, renewal or reinstatement 
license. The total regulatory fee due is $15 per license for the 
five year license term.

c. Amateur Radio Vanity Call Signs

    13. Amateur Vanity Call Signs: This fee covers voluntary 
requests for specific call signs in the Amateur Radio Service 
authorized under part 97 of the Commission's Rules. For FY 1996, 
applicants for Amateur Vanity Call-Signs will pay a $3 annual 
regulatory fee per call sign, payable for an entire ten year license 
term at the time of application for a vanity call sign. The total 
regulatory fee due would be $30 per license for the ten year license 
term.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ Section 9(h) exempts ``amateur radio operator licenses under 
Part 97 of the Commission's rules (47 CFR Part 97)'' from the 
requirement. However, Section 9(g)'s fee schedule explicitly 
includes ``Amateur vanity call signs'' as a category subject to the 
payment of a regulatory fee.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

d. Commercial Wireless Radio Services

    14. Commercial Mobile Radio Services (CMRS) Mobile Services: The 
Commercial Mobile Radio Service (CMRS) is a new ``umbrella'' 
descriptive term attributed to various existing services authorized 
to provide interconnected mobile radio services for profit to the 
public, or to such classes of eligible users as to be effectively 
available to a substantial portion of the public. CMRS Mobile 
Services include certain licensees which formerly were licensed as 
part of the Private Radio Services (e.g., Specialized Mobile Radio 
Services) and others formerly licensed as part of the Common Carrier 
Radio Services (e.g., Public Mobile Services and Cellular Radio 
Service). While specific rules pertaining to each covered service 
remain in separate Parts 22, 80 and 90; general rules for CMRS are 
contained in Part 20. We have replaced the Public Mobile/Cellular 
Radio regulatory fee category with a CMRS Mobile Services category 
for regulatory fee collection purposes. CMRS Mobile Services will

[[Page 16445]]

include: qualifying Business Radio Services, 220-222 MHz Land Mobile 
Systems, Specialized Mobile Radio Services (Part 90); 4 Public 
Coast Stations (Part 80); Public Mobile Radio, Cellular, 800MHz Air-
Ground Radiotelephone, and Offshore Radio Services (Part 22). Each 
licensee in this group will pay an annual regulatory fee for each 
mobile or cellular unit (mobile or cellular call sign or telephone 
number), including two-way paging units, assigned to its customers, 
including resellers of its services. For FY 1996, the regulatory fee 
is $.15 per unit.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ This category does not include licensees of private shared-
use 220 MHz and 470 MHz and above in the Specialized Mobile Radio 
(SMR) service who have elected to remain non-commercial. Those who 
have elected not to change to the Commercial Mobile Radio Service 
(CMRS) are referred to paragraph 4 of this Appendix.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    15. Personal Communications Service (PCS): For FY 1996, the 
Personal Communications Service (PCS) covered by Part 24 of the 
rules is exempt from payment of regulatory fees.
    16. Commercial Mobile Radio Services (CMRS) One-Way Paging 
Services: The Commercial Mobile Radio Service (CMRS) is a new 
``umbrella'' descriptive term attributed to various existing 
services authorized to provide interconnected mobile radio services 
for profit to the public, or to such classes of eligible users as to 
be effectively available to a substantial portion of the public. 
CMRS One-Way Paging Services include certain licensees which 
formerly were licensed as part of the Private Radio Services (e.g., 
Private Paging) and others formerly licensed as part of the Common 
Carrier Radio Services (e.g., Public Mobile One-Way Paging). While 
specific rules pertaining to each covered service remain in separate 
Parts 22 and 90; general rules for CMRS are contained in Part 20. We 
have replaced the Public Mobile One-Way Paging regulatory fee 
category with a CMRS One-Way Paging Services category for regulatory 
fee collection purposes. Each licensee in the Public Mobile One-Way 
Paging Services will pay an annual regulatory fee for each paging 
unit, assigned to its customers, including resellers of its 
services. For FY 1996, the regulatory fee is $.02 per unit.

2. Mass Media Services

    17. The regulatory fees for the Mass Media fee category apply to 
broadcast licensees and permittees. Noncommercial Educational 
Broadcasters are exempt from regulatory fees.

a. Commercial AM and FM Radio

    18. These categories include licensed Commercial AM (Classes A, 
B, C, and D) and FM (Classes A, B, B1, C, C1, C2, and C3) Radio 
Stations operating under Part 73 of the Commission's Rules.5 
The regulatory fees for AM and FM Stations for FY 1996 are as 
follows:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ The Commission acknowledges that certain stations operating 
in Puerto Rico and Guam have been assigned a higher level station 
class than would be expected if the station were located on the 
mainland. Although this results in a higher regulatory fee, we 
believe that the increased interference protection associated with 
the higher station class is necessary and justifies the fee.

AM Radio:                                                               
  Class A.....................................................    $1,125
  Class B.....................................................       630
  Class C.....................................................       255
  Class D.....................................................       315
FM Radio:                                                               
  Classes C, C1, C2, B........................................     1,125
  Classes A, B1, C3...........................................       755
                                                                        

b. Construction Permits--Commercial AM Radio

    19. This category includes holders of permits to construct new 
Commercial AM Stations. For FY 1996, permittees will pay a fee of 
$125 for each permit held. Upon issuance of an operating license, 
this fee would no longer be applicable and licensees would be 
required to pay the applicable fee for the designated class of the 
station.

c. Construction Permits--Commercial FM Radio

    20. This category includes holders of permits to construct new 
Commercial FM Stations. For FY 1996, permittees will pay a fee of 
$625 for each permit held. Upon issuance of an operating license, 
this fee would no longer be applicable. Instead, licensees would pay 
a regulatory fee based upon the designated class of the station.

d. Commercial Television Stations

    21. This category includes licensed Commercial VHF and UHF 
Television Stations covered under Part 73 of the Commission's Rules, 
except commonly owned Television Satellite Stations, addressed 
separately below. Markets are Nielsen Designated Market Areas (DMA) 
as listed in the Television & Cable Factbook, Stations Volume No. 
63, 1995 Edition, Warren Publishing, Inc. The fees for each category 
of station are as follows:

VHF Markets 1-10--$22,700
VHF Markets 11-25--$20,175
VHF Markets 26-50--$15,125
VHF Markets 51-100--$10,100
VHF Remaining Markets--$6,300
UHF Markets 1-10--$18,150
UHF Markets 11-25--$16,150
UHF Markets 26-50--$12,100
UHF Markets 51-100--$8,075
UHF Remaining Markets--$5,025

e. Commercial Television Satellite Stations

    22. Commonly owned Television Satellite Stations in any market 
(authorized pursuant to Note 5 of Section 73.3555 of the 
Commission's Rules) that retransmit programming of the primary 
station are assessed a fee of $625 annually. Only those stations 
designated as Television Satellite Stations in the 1995 Edition of 
the Television and Cable Factbook are eligible to submit the fee 
applicable to Television Satellite Stations. All other television 
licensees are subject to the regulatory fee payment required for 
their class of station and market.

f. Construction Permits--Commercial VHF Television Stations

    23. This category includes holders of permits to construct new 
Commercial VHF Television Stations. For FY 1996, VHF permittees will 
pay an annual regulatory fee of $5,025. Upon issuance of an 
operating license, this fee would no longer be applicable. Instead, 
licensees would pay a fee based upon the designated market of the 
station.

g. Construction permits--Commercial UHF Television Stations

    24. This category includes holders of permits to construct new 
UHF Television Stations. For FY 1996, UHF Television permittees will 
pay an annual regulatory fee of $4,025. Upon issuance of an 
operating license, this fee would no longer be applicable. Instead, 
licensees would pay a fee based upon the designated market of the 
station.

h. Construction Permits--Satellite Television Stations

    25. The fee for UHF and VHF Television Satellite Station 
construction permits for FY 1996 is $230. An individual regulatory 
fee payment is to be made for each Television Satellite Station 
construction permit held.

i. Low Power Television, FM Translator and Booster Stations, TV 
Translator and Booster Stations

    26. This category includes Low Power UHF/VHF Television stations 
operating under Part 74 of the Commission's Rules with a transmitter 
power output limited to 0.01 kw for a UHF facility and, generally, 1 
kw for a VHF facility. Low Power Television (LPTV) stations may 
retransmit the programs and signals of a TV Broadcast Station, 
originate programming, and/or operate as a subscription service. 
This category also includes translators and boosters operating under 
Part 74 which rebroadcast the signals of full service stations on a 
frequency different from the parent station (translators) or on the 
same frequency (boosters). The stations in this category are 
secondary to full service stations in terms of frequency priority. 
We have also received requests for waivers of the regulatory fees 
from operators of community based Translators. These Translators are 
generally not affiliated with commercial broadcasters, they are 
nonprofit, nonprofitable, or only marginally profitable, serve small 
rural communities, and are supported financially by the residents of 
the communities served. We are aware of the difficulties these 
Translators have in paying even minimal regulatory fees, and we have 
addressed those concerns in the ruling on reconsideration of the FY 
1994 Order. Community based Translators are exempt from regulatory 
fees. For FY 1996, licensees in this category will pay a regulatory 
fee of $170 for each license held.

j. Broadcast Auxiliary Stations

    27. This category includes licensees of remote pickup stations, 
Aural Broadcast Auxiliary Stations, Television Broadcast Auxiliary 
Stations, and Low Power Auxiliary Stations, authorized under Part 74 
of the Commission's Rules. Auxiliary Stations are generally 
associated with a particular television or radio broadcast station 
or cable television system. For FY 1996, licensees of Commercial 
Auxiliary Stations will pay a $30 annual regulatory fee on a per 
call sign basis.

[[Page 16446]]

k. Multipoint Distribution Service

    28. This category covers Multipoint Distribution Service (MDS), 
and Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Service (MMDS), authorized 
under Part 21 of the Commission's Rules to use microwave frequencies 
for video and data distribution within the United States. For FY 
1996, MDS and MMDS stations will pay an annual regulatory fee of 
$140 per call sign.

3. Cable Services

a. Cable Television Systems

    29. This category includes operators of Cable Television 
Systems, providing or distributing programming or other services to 
subscribers under Part 76 of the Commission's Rules. For FY 1996 
Cable Systems will pay a regulatory fee of $.50 per 
subscriber.6 Payments for Cable Systems are to be made on a per 
subscriber by community unit basis as of December 31, 1995, as 
reported on each Cable Systems's 1995 Annual Report of Cable Systems 
(FCC Form 325). Cable Systems should determine their subscriber 
numbers by calculating the number of single family dwellings, the 
number of individual households in multiple dwelling units, e.g., 
apartments, condominiums, mobile home parks, etc., paying at the 
basic subscriber rate, the number of bulk rate customers and the 
number of courtesy or fee customers. In order to determine the 
number of bulk rate subscribers, a system should divide its bulk 
rate charge by the annual subscription rate for individual 
households. See FY 1994 Order, Appendix B at para. 31.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ Cable systems are to pay their regulatory fees on a per 
subscriber basis rather than per 1,000 subscribers as set forth in 
the statutory fee schedule. See FY 1994 Order at para. 100.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

b. Cable Antenna Relay Service

    30. This category includes Cable Antenna Relay Service (CARS) 
stations used to transmit television and related audio signals, 
signals of AM and FM Broadcast Stations and cablecasting from the 
point of reception to a terminal point from where the signals are 
distributed to the public by a Cable Television System. For FY 1996, 
licensees will pay an annual regulatory fee of $295 per CARS 
license.

4. Common Carrier Services

a. Fixed Radio Services

    31. Domestic Public Fixed Radio Service: This category includes 
licensees in the Point-to-Point Microwave Radio Service, Local 
Television Transmission Radio Service, Digital Electronic Message 
Service, authorized under Part 21 of the Commission's Rules to use 
microwave frequencies for video and data distribution within the 
United States. For FY 1996, Domestic Public Fixed Radio Service 
licensees pay a $140 annual regulatory fee per call sign.

b. Interstate Telephone Service Providers

    32. This category includes Inter-Exchange Carriers (IXCs), Local 
Exchange Carriers (LECs), Competitive Access Providers (CAPs), 
domestic and international carriers that provide operator services, 
Wide Area Telephone Service (WATS), 800, 900, telex, telegraph, 
video, other switched, interstate access, special access, and 
alternative access services either by using their own facilities or 
by reselling facilities and services of other carriers or telephone 
carrier holding companies, and companies other than traditional 
local telephone companies that provide interstate access services to 
long distance carriers and other customers. This category also 
includes pre-paid calling card providers. These common carriers, 
including resellers, must submit fee payments based upon their 
proportionate share of gross interstate revenues using the 
methodology that we have adopted for calculating contributions to 
the TRS fund. See Telecommunications Relay Services, 8 FCC Rcd 5300 
(1993), 58 FR 39671 (July 26, 1993). In order to avoid imposing any 
double payment burden on resellers, we will permit carriers to 
subtract from their gross interstate revenues, as reported to NECA 
in connection with their TRS contribution, any payments made to 
underlying common carriers for telecommunications facilities and 
services, including payments for interstate access service, that are 
sold in the form of interstate service. For this purpose, resold 
telecommunications facilities and services are only intended to 
include payments that correspond to revenues that will be included 
by another carrier reporting interstate revenue. For FY 1996, 
carriers should multiply their adjusted gross revenue figure (gross 
revenue reduced by the total amount of their payments to underlying 
common carriers for telecommunications facilities or services) by 
the factor 0.00089 to determine the appropriate fee for this 
category of service. You may want to use the following worksheet to 
determine your fee payment:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Total   Interstate
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Revenue reported in TRS Fund worksheets                             
(2) Less: Access charges paid                                           
(3) Less: Other telecommunications facilities and                       
 services taken for resale                                              
(4) Adjusted revenues (1) minus (2) minus (3)                           
(5) Fee factor.....................................  .......     0.00089
(6) Fee due (4) times (5)                                               
------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. International Services

a. Earth Stations

    33. Very Small Aperture Terminal (VSAT) Earth Stations, 
equivalent C-Band Earth Stations and antennas, and earth station 
systems comprised of very small aperture terminals operate in the 12 
and 14 GHz bands and provide a variety of communications services to 
other stations in the network. VSAT systems consist of a network of 
technically-identical small Fixed-Satellite Earth Stations which 
often include a larger hub station. VSAT Earth Stations and C-Band 
Equivalent Earth Stations are authorized pursuant to Part 25 of the 
Commission's Rules. Mobile Satellite Earth Stations, operating 
pursuant to Part 25 of the Commission's Rules under blanket licenses 
for mobile antennas (transceivers), are smaller than one meter and 
provide voice or data communications, including position location 
information for mobile platforms such as cars, buses or 
trucks.7 Fixed-Satellite Transmit/Receive and Transmit Only 
Earth Station antennas, authorized or registered under Part 25 of 
the Commission's Rules, are operated by private and public carriers 
to provide telephone, television, data, and other forms of 
communications. Included in this category are telemetry, tracking, 
and control (TT&C) earth stations and earth station uplinks. For FY 
1996, licensees of VSATs, Mobile Satellite Earth Stations, and 
Fixed-Satellite Transmit/Receive and Transmit Only Earth Stations 
will pay a fee of $335 per authorization or registration as well as 
a separate fee of $335 for each associated Hub Station.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ Mobile earth stations are vehicle-based units capable of 
operation while the vehicle is in motion. In contrast, transportable 
units are moved to a fixed location and operate in a stationary 
(fixed) mode. Both are assessed the same regulatory fee for FY 1996.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    34. Receive only earth stations. For FY 1996, there is no 
regulatory fee for receive-only earth stations.

b. Space Stations (Geosynchronous)

    35. Geosynchronous Space Stations are domestic and international 
satellites positioned in orbit to remain approximately fixed 
relative to the earth. Most are authorized under Part 25 of the 
Commission's Rules to provide communications between satellites and 
earth stations on a common carrier and/or private carrier basis. In 
addition, this category includes Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) 
Service which includes space stations authorized under Part 100 of 
the Commission's rules to transmit or re-transmit signals for direct 
reception by the general public encompassing both individual and 
community reception. For FY 1996, entities authorized to operate 
geosynchronous space stations (including DBS satellites) will be 
assessed an annual regulatory fee of $63,500 per operational station 
in orbit. Payment is required for any geosynchronous satellite that 
has been launched and tested and is authorized to provide service.

c. Low Earth Orbit Satellites (LEOs)

    36. Low Earth Orbit Satellite Systems are space stations that 
orbit the earth in non-geosynchronous orbit. They are authorized 
under Part 25 of the Commission's rules to provide communications 
between satellites and earth stations on a common carrier and/or 
private carrier basis. For FY 1996, entities authorized to operate 
Low Earth Orbit Satellite Systems will be assessed an annual 
regulatory fee of $87,725 per operational system in orbit. Payment 
is required for any LEO System that has one or more operational 
satellites.

[[Page 16447]]

d. Signatories

    37. A Signatory to INMARSAT is an Administration or government, 
or the telecommunications entity designated as sole operating entity 
by an Administration or government, which participates in the 
International Mobile Satellite Organization (INMARSAT) in order to 
develop and operate a global maritime satellite telecommunication 
system which serves maritime commercial and safety needs of the 
United States and foreign countries. A Signatory to INTELSAT is an 
Administration or government, or the telecommunications entity 
designated as sole operating entity by an Administration or 
government, which participates in the International 
Telecommunications Satellite Organization (INTELSAT) in order to 
develop, construct, operate and maintain the space segment of the 
global commercial telecommunications satellite system established 
under the Interim Agreement and Special Agreement signed by 
Governments on August 20, 1964. For FY 1996, Signatories to INMARSAT 
and INTELSAT will be assessed an annual regulatory fee of $217,575 
in order to recover the cost of the Commission's regulatory 
activities associated with such entities.

e. International Bearer Circuits

    38. Regulatory fees for International Bearer Circuits are to be 
paid by the facilities-based common carrier activating the circuit 
in any transmission facility for the provision of service to an end 
user or resale carrier. Payment of the fee for bearer circuits by 
private submarine cable operators is required for circuits sold on 
an indefeasible right of use (IRU) basis or leased to any customer 
other than an international common carrier authorized by the 
Commission to provide U.S. international common carrier services. 
Compare FY 1994 Order at 5367. The fee is based upon active 64 Kbps 
circuits, or equivalent circuits. Under this formulation, 64 Kbps 
circuits or their equivalent will be assessed a fee. Equivalent 
circuits include the 64 Kbps circuit equivalent of larger bit stream 
circuits. For example, the 64 Kbps circuit equivalent of a 2.048 
Mbps circuit is 30 64 Kbps circuits. Analog circuits such as 3 and 4 
KHz circuits used for international service are also included as 64 
Kbps circuits. However, circuits derived from 64 Kbps circuits by 
the use of digital circuit multiplication systems are not equivalent 
64 Kbps circuits. Such circuits are not subject to fees. Only the 64 
Kbps circuit from which they have been derived will be subject to 
payment of a fee. For FY 1996, the regulatory fee is $4.00 for each 
active 64 Kbps circuit or equivalent. For analog television channels 
we will assess fees as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                No. of  
                                                              equivalent
            Analog Television Channel Size in MHz               64 Kbps 
                                                               Circuits 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
36..........................................................         630
24..........................................................         288
18..........................................................         240
------------------------------------------------------------------------

f. International Public Fixed

    39. This fee category includes common carriers authorized under 
Part 23 of the Commission's Rules to provide radio communications 
between the United States and a foreign point via microwave or HF 
troposcatter systems, other than satellites and satellite earth 
stations, but not including service between the United States and 
Mexico and the United States and Canada using frequencies above 72 
MHz. For FY 1996, International Public Fixed Radio Service licensees 
will pay a $200 annual regulatory fee per call sign.

g. International (HF) Broadcast

    40. This category covers International Broadcast Stations 
licensed under Part 73 of the Commission's Rules to operate on 
frequencies in the 5,950 khz to 26,100 Khz range to provide service 
to the general public in foreign countries. For FY 1996, 
International HF Broadcast Stations will pay an annual regulatory 
fee of $255 per station license.

[FR Doc. 96-9192 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9177 Approval of Colorado's Petition to Relax the Federal Gasoline Reid Vapor Pressure Volatility Standard for 1996 and 1997
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16423-16424]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9177]

=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

40 CFR Part 80

[FRL-5457-6]

Approval of Colorado's Petition to Relax the Federal Gasoline 
Reid Vapor Pressure Volatility Standard for 1996 and 1997

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Environmental Protection Agency (``EPA'' or the 
``Agency'') is proposing a limited approval of the State of Colorado's 
petition to relax the Reid Vapor Pressure (RVP) standard that applies 
to gasoline introduced into commerce in the Denver-Boulder ozone 
nonattainment area from June 1 to September 15. It is proposed that the 
standard be relaxed from 7.8 pounds per square inches (psi) to 9.0 psi 
for the years 1996 and 1997. Pursuant to the Clean Air Act Amendments 
of 1990, Federal RVP standards were promulgated by EPA on June 11, 1990 
and revised on December 12, 1991. Colorado's petition is based on 
evidence that the Denver-Boulder area does not need the 7.8 psi 
standard to maintain ozone attainment in the near term and that the 7.8 
psi standard would impose significant costs on industry and

[[Page 16424]]

consumers. Colorado's petition requests a continuation of previous 
relaxations of the RVP standard. EPA has approved relaxations in the 
Denver-Boulder area for the past four years, from 1992 through 1995.

DATES: Comments on this proposed rule must be received in writing by 
May 15, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Materials relevant to this rulemaking have been placed in 
Docket A-96-10 by EPA. The docket is located at the Docket Office of 
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW., 
Washington, DC 20460, Room M-1500 in Waterside Mall and may be 
inspected from 8:30am to 5:30 pm, Monday through Friday. A reasonable 
fee may be charged for copying docket material.
    Comments should be submitted (in duplicate if possible) to the Air 
Docket Section at the above address. A copy should also be sent to the 
EPA contact person listed below at the following address: U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, 401 M 
Street, SW. (6406-J), Washington, DC 20460.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Marilyn Winstead McCall of the Fuels 
and Energy Division at 202-233-9029 at the above address.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: For more detailed information on this 
proposal, please see EPA's Direct Final Rulemaking published in the 
Final Rules section of this Federal Register which approves for a 
limited time period Colorado's petition to relax the Reid Vapor 
Pressure standard in the Denver-Boulder area from 7.8 psi to 9.0 psi 
for the summer ozone season beginning June 1, 1996. The Agency views 
this as a noncontroversial action due to the limited scope of this 
proposed rulemaking, Colorado's continued attainment of the ozone 
standard and for the reasons discussed in the direct final rulemaking 
published in today's Federal Register. If no adverse comments are 
received in response to this proposed rule, no further action is 
contemplated in relation to this rule. If EPA receives adverse 
comments, the direct final rule will be withdrawn and all public 
comments received will be addressed in a subsequent rule. The EPA will 
not institute a second comment period on this document. Any parties 
interested in commenting on this action should do so at this time.

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7545 and 7601(a).

    Dated: April 4, 1996.
Carol M. Browner,
Administrator.
[FR Doc. 96-9177 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9155 Loan Policies and Operations; Definitions; Loan Underwriting
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16403-16412]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9155]

========================================================================
Proposed Rules
                                                Federal Register
________________________________________________________________________

This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER contains notices to the public of 
the proposed issuance of rules and regulations. The purpose of these 
notices is to give interested persons an opportunity to participate in 
the rule making prior to the adoption of the final rules.

========================================================================

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 73 / Monday, April 15, 1996 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 16403]]

FARM CREDIT ADMINISTRATION

12 CFR Parts 614 and 619

RIN 3052-AB64

Loan Policies and Operations; Definitions; Loan Underwriting

AGENCY: Farm Credit Administration.

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Farm Credit Administration (FCA), by the Farm Credit 
Administration Board (Board), proposes amendments to the regulations 
relating to loan underwriting in response to comments received from the 
Board's initiative to reduce regulatory burden, streamline the 
regulations, and set clear minimum regulatory standards where 
practicable. The proposed regulations would require each institution to 
adopt loan underwriting policies and standards, eliminate unnecessary 
regulations, and make other changes to the regulations governing 
prudent credit administration, the lending authority of production 
credit associations, and collateral evaluations.

DATES: Comments should be received on or before May 15, 1996.

ADDRESSES: Comments may be mailed or delivered to Patricia W. DiMuzio, 
Associate Director, Regulation Development, Office of Examination, Farm 
Credit Administration, McLean, Virginia 22102-5090. Copies of all 
communications received will be available for review by interested 
parties in the Office of Examination, Farm Credit Administration.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

John J. Hays, Policy Analyst, Regulation Development, Office of 
Examination, (703) 883-4498, TDD (703) 883-4444;
      or
Joy E. Strickland, Senior Attorney, Regulatory Enforcement Division, 
Office of General Counsel, (703) 883-4020, TDD (703) 883-4444.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: On June 10, 1993, the FCA Board approved a 
notice seeking public comment on the appropriateness of requirements 
that the FCA regulations impose on the Farm Credit System (System or 
FCS). See 58 FR 34003 (June 23, 1993). The FCA has addressed many of 
those comments in previous rulemakings. Of the comments received in 
response to the notice, 24 were related to loan underwriting and the 
independent credit judgment rule for loan sale and purchase 
transactions through agents. This rulemaking addresses those issues. In 
addition to responding to the regulatory burden comments, the FCA is 
also proposing other amendments to refocus regulatory requirements for 
loan underwriting, make the regulations more understandable and useful 
to the reader, set minimum regulatory standards, and make conforming 
amendments.
    In response to regulatory burden comments and in an attempt to 
achieve consistency throughout the regulations in subparts C through E 
of part 614, the FCA is proposing a substantial revision to the 
structure and content of the regulations. In addition, some areas that 
were addressed in loan underwriting are more properly the focus of 
subpart A, Lending Authorities, and the FCA is proposing relocating 
those items from subpart E to subpart A. The explanation of proposed 
amendments to subpart A is contained in the discussion of the proposed 
amendments to subpart E, Loan Terms and Conditions. Accordingly, the 
following discussion begins with subparts C and D.
    In order to provide readers with a guideline for the changes 
proposed, the following is a list of changes for the proposed revisions 
in parts 614 and 619:

Subpart A--Lending Authorities

    Secs. 614.4000 through 614.4050--Revised.

Subpart C--Bank/Association Lending Relationship

    Secs. 614.4100, 614.4110, and 614.4130--No changes proposed.
    Sec. 614.4120--Revised.
    Secs. 614.4135 through 614.4145--Deleted.

Subpart D--General Loan Policies for Banks and Associations

    Sec. 614.4150--Revised.
    Sec. 614.4160--Deleted.
    Sec. 614.4165--Revised.

Subpart E--Loan Terms and Conditions

    Sec. 614.4200--Revised.
    Secs. 614.4210 through 614.4230--Deleted.
    Sec. 614.4231--Revised.
    Secs. 614.4232 and 614.4233--No changes proposed.

Subpart F--Collateral Evaluation Requirements

    Secs. 614.4245 and 614.4250--Revised. No other amendments proposed.

Subpart H--Loan Purchases and Sales

    Sec. 614.4325--Revised. No other amendments proposed.

Subpart J--Lending Limits

    Secs. 614.4355 and 614.4358--Revised. No other amendments proposed.

Subpart Q--Banks for Cooperatives Financing International Trade

    Sec. 614.4810--Revised. No other amendments proposed.

Part 619--Definitions

    Secs. 619.9165 and 619.9290--Removed. No other amendments proposed.

I. Subparts C and D--Bank/Association Lending Relationship and General 
Loan Policies for Banks and Associations

    In response to the request for comments on regulatory burden, one 
association commented that most Farm Credit Banks (FCBs) have changed 
their relationship with associations from a supervisory to a wholesale 
lending relationship. The association stated that the FCA examiners 
encourage direct lender associations to adopt their own policies and 
procedures. FCA regulations, however, continue to contemplate a 
supervisory role for FCBs over association lending operations as if all 
banks retained direct (retail) lending authorities without recognizing 
the role of many banks as wholesale or discount lenders to Farm Credit 
associations. The association stated that operational policies for 
direct lenders should be developed by the associations rather than the 
banks, but noted that this practice is inconsistent with existing 
regulations and that clarifying language from the FCA would be helpful.
    The criticized regulations, Secs. 614.4135, 614.4140, and 614.4145, 
were promulgated in 1972 to implement the Farm Credit Act of 1971. 
These regulations, addressing credit supervision, have not been amended 
since their adoption. At that time, the banks in the Farm Credit System

[[Page 16404]]

performed many supervisory functions over associations, including 
conducting credit reviews. The FCA's primary focus at the time was to 
regulate the banks' own operations, including their supervision of 
associations and did not emphasize the agency's present practice of 
exercising its regulatory and enforcement authorities directly over 
associations.
    Since 1972, the importance of direct lender associations in the 
Farm Credit System has increased substantially. As a result, many banks 
are becoming wholesale lenders rather than direct lenders. Statutory 
changes since 1972 in FCA's structure and authorities and in the 
relationship of associations with their funding banks result in a 
greater need for accountability of direct lender associations. The FCA 
believes that autonomy in association operations promotes 
accountability in many areas including prudent lending operations. 
Therefore, the FCA proposes to delete existing Secs. 614.4135, 
614.4140, and 614.4145 and clarify the role of Farm Credit Banks (and 
Agricultural Credit Banks) in supervision of association's credit 
operations. However, the FCA does not intend to minimize the importance 
of general bank oversight of association credit activities that may 
have a material impact on the bank and on the association's ability to 
perform on its direct loan(s) from the bank. These issues, however, can 
be appropriately addressed in the agreements governing the lending 
relationship between a bank and an association.
    The FCA believes that each direct lender, through its board of 
directors, should adopt and follow its own policies and procedures for 
operations. The FCA agrees with the commenter that duplication and 
possibly conflict may result when an association is required by 
regulation to abide by district policies and at the same time is 
encouraged to develop its own local policies and procedures.
    In order to emphasize that the responsibility for developing 
prudent loan policies and underwriting standards rests with each 
institution, the FCA proposes to delete certain existing regulations. 
For example, Sec. 614.4150 currently defines ``sound loan.'' Rather 
than define ``sound loan'' by regulation, the FCA proposes to require 
each institution to adopt loan underwriting policies and standards that 
contain measurable criteria appropriate for the type of loan and the 
institution's risk-bearing capacity, which criteria can be used to 
determine whether the applicant's operational, financial, and 
management resources are sufficient to ensure repayment of the debt 
from cashflow, taking into account the borrower's other debt 
obligations.
    Existing Sec. 614.4160 requires that each bank adopt policies to 
ensure that lending practices result in sound loans and specifies five 
credit factors that must be analyzed and documented in evaluating the 
creditworthiness of each loan applicant. The five credit factors 
listed, however, need not be given the same weight in every transaction 
and may be only a portion of the variables that should be considered in 
some transactions. The FCA believes that each institution should have 
the responsibility and the flexibility to adapt its loan underwriting 
program to its particular circumstances without regulatory mandates for 
the basic and well understood principles of prudent lending. Therefore, 
existing Sec. 614.4160 would be deleted under the proposed regulations, 
and the mandate for an appropriate analysis of creditworthiness would 
be included in proposed Sec. 614.4150(g) governing loan underwriting 
standards.

    To implement the requirement that each institution must develop its 
own policies, the FCA proposes a new regulation that addresses credit 
supervision by each institution's board of directors and the 
establishment of loan policies and underwriting standards by each 
direct lending institution. In instances where direct lending authority 
has not been transferred to the Federal land bank associations (FLBAs), 
FCBs must still develop lending policies and standards that all FLBAs 
within their respective districts must follow in making credit 
decisions for the bank. Additionally, in certain circumstances where 
loss exposure accrues to individual FLBAs through loss sharing 
agreements with the FCB, loan policies and standards may be needed by 
FLBAs to augment and supplement those established by their supervisory 
banks.
    The proposed rule, Sec. 614.4150, addresses the responsibility of 
each institution's board of directors to adopt policies to guide 
lending. Under these policies, each direct lending institution would be 
required to adopt written standards for lending and issue written 
policies, operating procedures, and control mechanisms that reflect 
those standards for guidance in the extension and administration of 
sound credit. These requirements parallel the current requirements in 
existing Sec. 614.4145, which address each bank's responsibilities to 
supervise credit operations in its district. This regulation would 
clearly establish that each direct lending institution's board of 
directors is not only accountable for providing policy direction for 
credit operations, but also is responsible for more specific guidance 
in the extension and administration of sound credit.
    The FCA proposes to leave the prescription of specific credit 
policies and underwriting standards to each direct lender institution's 
board rather than to prescribe them by regulation. However, the 
proposed regulation would require certain minimum standards that must 
be addressed in the institution's policies. Proposed Sec. 614.4150 
would require that the institution's policies and procedures address 
minimum standards for credit information and verification, credit 
analysis, loan disbursement and servicing, collateral requirements, 
loan approval delegations and requirements for board reporting, loan 
pricing requirements, prudent loan underwriting standards, loan terms 
and conditions that are appropriate for a loan's purpose, and other 
areas necessary for the professional conduct of a lending organization.
    Under the proposed rule, the FCA would evaluate the adequacy of 
each institution's policies to ensure that its board is providing 
sufficient direction, guidance, and internal controls for the 
institution's credit operations. The procedures implementing these 
policies should be in sufficient detail to properly manage and control 
risk in the institution's portfolio consistent with the institution's 
risk-bearing capacity. Each lending program should be guided by 
policies and underwriting standards that address the specific types of 
risks associated with the types of loans within an institution's 
overall lending program. The FCA believes that institutions should have 
the flexibility to develop different lending programs for the types of 
customers within their chartered territory. The FCA's primary concern 
is whether or not the programs are conducted in a safe and sound manner 
in compliance with the statute and the regulations.
    The FCA is aware that some System institutions are making increased 
use of credit scoring techniques in the evaluation of certain types of 
loans. Credit scoring and other techniques used in minimum information 
programs, when fully understood and well managed by an institution and 
its board of directors, can be a valuable tool in making credit 
decisions. These proposed regulatory changes will allow System 
institutions the flexibility to use credit scoring and enhance minimum 
information programs in credit delivery decisions.

[[Page 16405]]

    Proposed Sec. 614.4150(g) would require each direct lending 
institution to develop written, measurable loan underwriting standards 
to be used to determine whether the applicant has the operational, 
financial, and management resources necessary to ensure repayment of 
the debt from cashflow, taking into consideration all other 
obligations. Such standards would be required to be applied to each 
loan transaction as appropriate, taking into consideration the amount 
of the loan, the loan's purpose, the nature and type of credit risk and 
enterprise being financed. The measurements should be quantitative to 
the extent feasible (as for financial information), but may be 
qualitative for factors that do not lend themselves to quantification, 
but are considered important to the credit decision. Such standards and 
their application would be required to be related to the institution's 
risk-bearing ability and to take into account future credit risk 
uncertainties. Under proposed Sec. 614.4150(g), each institution would 
be required to embody the concepts underlying existing Secs. 614.4150 
and 614.4160 in a comprehensive, written loan policy. In addition, the 
proposed regulations would require that for any loans made that do not 
meet the loan underwriting standards, the written credit analysis must 
document the compensating factors or extenuating circumstances that 
demonstrate repayment capacity. The FCA recognizes that even among 
acceptable credits the level of perceived risk will vary. Accordingly, 
a well capitalized institution with strong capital and sound earnings 
potential will be better positioned to extend credit to a borrower who 
appears to have the capacity to repay but nonetheless presents a higher 
risk. A weaker institution will need to establish higher standards 
until it improves its risk-bearing capacity.
    Proposed Sec. 614.4150(h) would require that loan terms and 
conditions are appropriate for the purpose of a loan. In this regard, 
assets with a useful life of 5 to 10 years would not be financed with a 
loan that has a 30-year repayment obligation. This provision is added 
in order to retain the existing regulatory requirement in 
Sec. 614.4160(e) that the institution has to consider the 
constructiveness and practicality of the loan amount, purpose, and 
terms and conditions.
    Existing Sec. 614.4165 requires that bank lending policies give 
special consideration to the credit needs of young, beginning, or small 
farmers, ranchers, and producers or harvesters of aquatic products. The 
regulation also defines terms and requires associations to make annual 
reports to the banks regarding the operations and achievements in these 
lending programs. The banks, in turn, are required to make annual 
reports to the FCA. Although two institutions commented that the FCA 
should eliminate the reporting requirements in Sec. 614.4165, these 
requirements are statutory and cannot be eliminated. Section 4.19 of 
the Act obligates each institution to take the needs of young, 
beginning, and small farmers and ranchers into consideration and report 
annually on its progress. However, the reporting instructions can be 
eliminated as a regulatory requirement and be implemented instead 
through the Agency's call report instructions. The FCA proposes to 
retain the regulatory requirement to have a lending program for this 
segment of the market, as required by section 4.19 of the Act, but to 
transfer the instructions for reporting to the call report. The call 
report instructions will provide specific direction and timing for 
consistent reporting from System institutions to the FCA. The FCA will 
continue to report to the Congress as the Act requires.

II. Subpart E--Loan Terms and Conditions

    Existing Sec. 614.4200 requires institutions to set forth the terms 
and conditions of each loan in a written loan agreement between the 
borrower and the lender. Seven institutions commented that the FCA 
should eliminate the requirement that loan terms and conditions be set 
forth in a written loan agreement. Some of the commenters suggested 
that the reference to a loan agreement should be changed to reference a 
written instrument, thus permitting institutions to document loans in 
the most appropriate fashion. Other commenters requested that the FCA 
eliminate the loan agreement requirement for loans below a de minimus 
level, such as $250,000. Finally, one commenter noted that the 
requirement that loan terms and conditions be adequately disclosed to 
the borrower prior to closing is unclear and troublesome and should be 
deleted.
    The FCA originally adopted the requirement for a loan agreement 
between the lender and borrower in order to ensure that borrowers have 
the requisite information in order to meet all loan conditions and to 
provide institutions with a means of imposing a legal obligation on 
borrowers to provide certified financial statements. See 55 FR 24861 
(June 19, 1990). Because the FCA is proposing amendments to its 
financial statement collection requirements and wishes to provide 
institutions with more flexibility, the FCA is proposing to delete the 
requirement that there be a loan agreement for each loan. Instead, 
proposed Sec. 614.4200(a)(1) would require institutions to set forth 
the terms and conditions of each loan in a written instrument. Such 
written instrument could be a loan agreement, promissory note, or other 
instrument appropriate to the type and amount of the credit extended. 
The FCA notes that continued use of loan agreements is a prudent 
practice for complex loans, loans of above average risk, and loans with 
conditions that are not standard or that contain elements that the 
borrower must fulfill prior to loan closing or during the term of the 
loan. The FCA also notes that when periodic financial statements are 
required, the written instrument used to convey terms and conditions or 
the promissory note should create a legal obligation on the part of the 
borrower to provide the statements.
    Proposed Sec. 614.4200(a)(2) also would replace the current rules 
with a simple requirement that the borrower be given notice of the 
terms and conditions of the loan prior to loan closing. Existing 
Sec. 614.4200 requires that if the loan closing will occur more than 15 
days after notification of the approval is provided to the borrower, 
the notice of approval must set forth the terms and conditions on which 
credit will be extended. One institution commented that the regulator 
should not prescribe the contents of the notice of approval. The FCA 
does not wish to dictate to institutions what may be contained in its 
notice of approval to borrowers. However, the FCA continues to believe 
that it is important that borrowers receive prompt written notice of 
all terms and conditions on which credit will be extended. It is 
especially important that the borrower receive prompt written notice in 
situations where the borrower must take certain actions prior to loan 
closing. Therefore, the proposed regulations would require institutions 
to provide prompt written notice of approval of the loan and ensure 
that loan terms and conditions are properly and promptly disclosed to 
the borrower not later than loan closing. In addition, copies of all 
documents executed by a borrower in connection with the closing of a 
loan under titles I or II of the Act must be provided to the borrower 
at the time of execution and any time thereafter that the borrower 
requests copies. This is a requirement of section 4.13A of the Act for 
each

[[Page 16406]]

qualified lender and is restated in the regulation as a matter of 
convenience.
    The FCA also notes that System institutions are subject to the 
requirements of the Federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA), 15 
U.S.C. 1691 et seq., with respect to the timing and content of 
notification of action taken on credit applications. The ECOA generally 
requires creditors to provide applicants with notice that their credit 
request has been approved or denied within 30 days after receiving a 
completed application and entitles rejected applicants to learn the 
principal, specific reasons for the adverse decision. Proposed new 
Sec. 614.4200(a)(3) incorporates by reference the requirements 
contained in the ECOA's implementing Regulation B, 12 CFR 202.9.
    The FCA received comments from nine institutions regarding the 
requirements in existing Sec. 614.4200 and the former requirement in 
section 1.10(a)(5) of the Act regarding obtaining financial statements 
from borrowers. Section 1.10(a)(5) of the Act, which required financial 
statements for long-term real estate loans at least every 3 years or 
sooner as determined by the FCA through regulation, was removed from 
the statute by the Farm Credit System Reform Act of 1996 (1996 
Amendments)(Pub. L. 104-105, Feb. 10, 1996).
    Several institutions commented that the requirement for obtaining 
annual financial statements from borrowers was excessive. One 
institution stated that institutions should obtain financial statements 
from borrowers based upon an institution's assessment of risk with 
respect to categories of loans. Another stated that the need for 
periodic financial information should be determined according to loan 
size, complexity, and performance history as well as the institution's 
risk-bearing ability. One commenter stated that the requirement to 
obtain periodic financial statements should be changed from obtaining 
statements annually to obtaining them every 3 years as required in the 
Act. Finally, one institution stated that there should be an annual 
requirement only for loans in excess of one million dollars.
    The FCA agrees that as long as institutions have in place 
sufficient loan underwriting standards that include requirements for 
obtaining necessary financial information, annual submission of a 
verifiable balance sheet and an income statement is not needed for many 
loans. As a result, the FCA is proposing significant amendments to the 
existing financial information requirements in Sec. 614.4200, including 
a proposed separation of the provisions requiring that financial 
statements be obtained when making or renewing a loan from the 
requirement for requiring periodic financial statements during the term 
of a loan. The FCA believes it is essential, for safety and soundness 
reasons, that appropriate financial information be required when making 
every loan, and that certain loans, i.e. those with larger balances and 
those not classified acceptable, should be supported with more detailed 
financial information, which is provided by a balance sheet and income 
statement.
    The FCA proposes to retain the general requirement that when 
making, renewing, or taking a material servicing action, such as a 
release of a significant portion of the collateral, institutions obtain 
a verifiable balance sheet and income statement, certified true and 
correct by the borrower, for certain categories of loans made under 
title I or II of the Act. However, rural home loans and loans of 
$500,000 or less that are amortized monthly would be exempt from this 
regulatory requirement, and institutions would be given the flexibility 
to address this need through their own credit standards and lending 
policies. A borrower's monthly payment record on such a loan provides 
an ongoing indication to a lender of the borrower's financial condition 
and repayment capacity. The FCA is also proposing that all other loans 
and commitments with an aggregate outstanding balance of $100,000 or 
less per borrower be exempt from the requirement to obtain financial 
statements when making and servicing such loans. Under each exemption, 
however, institutions would be required to have adequate procedures and 
controls in place to obtain and verify sufficient financial information 
to establish repayment capacity and assess the risk in the loan.
    The requirement for obtaining periodic financial statements is also 
modified in the proposed regulations. The regulation would require 
annual financial statements for all loans, except: (1) Rural home 
loans; (2) loans (other than rural home loans) amortized monthly of 
$500,000 or less; (3) loans classified acceptable that have an 
aggregate outstanding balance and commitment per borrower of $200,000 
or less; and (4) loans that have an aggregate outstanding balance and 
commitment per borrower of $100,000 or less, regardless of credit 
classification.
    The FCA believes that obtaining verifiable balance sheets and 
income statements is a necessary tool for managing adversely classified 
credit. As the credit risk in a particular loan increases, identified 
through its assigned credit classification, it is imperative that the 
lender have complete and accurate borrower financial information to 
appropriately monitor and service the account. For loans classified 
acceptable under $200,000, the FCA believes that institutions should 
have the flexibility to forego reviews of annual financial statements, 
but encourages institutions to require financial statements for loans 
under this threshold in which the risk level warrants closer 
monitoring. Such financial information would permit lenders to learn of 
any potential changes in the borrower's repayment capacity. The FCA 
acknowledges that there are no industrywide standards for the size or 
complexity of loans warranting current and complete financial 
information. However, prudent credit practices dictate that risk be 
assessed in each loan. The FCA believes that the best method for 
assessing risk in certain loans is through an analysis of a balance 
sheet and income statement and incorporates such practices in its 
proposed amendments to Sec. 614.4200. The FCA proposes $200,000 as an 
appropriate threshold to require balance sheets and income statements, 
even for acceptable loans.
    The FCA received four comments regarding the security requirements 
for long-term real estate loans. Existing Sec. 614.4210(a) requires 
that long-term real estate mortgage loans must be secured by a first 
lien on an interest in real estate comprising agricultural property, an 
eligible farm-related business, an eligible rural residence, or real 
estate used as an integral part of an eligible aquatic operation. 
Additional security may be taken for long-term real estate loans, but 
it may not be included in meeting the requirement in Sec. 614.4210(b) 
that funds only be advanced if the outstanding loan balance after the 
advance would not exceed 85 percent of the appraised value of the real 
estate taken as primary security.
    One commenter requested that the FCA remove the requirement that 
the primary security for a loan be agricultural land and suggested that 
the requirement creates an eligibility test for both the borrower and 
the collateral. Another commenter suggested that any additional 
security taken should be considered toward meeting the loan-to-value 
limitation in Sec. 614.4210(b). Two commenters suggested that the FCA 
eliminate the existing requirement to report regularly to the 
institution's board any advance of funds by an

[[Page 16407]]

institution to protect the institution's collateral position.
    In response to the commenters and in order to achieve the goal of 
adequately collateralized loans and safe and sound lending activities 
with a minimum of regulatory burden, the FCA is proposing to delete 
existing Sec. 614.4210. Requirements relating to security for long-term 
loans would be placed in revised Sec. 614.4200, General requirements. 
Under the proposal, Sec. 614.4200(c)(1) would continue to require long-
term real estate mortgage loans to be secured by a first lien on real 
estate. The proposed regulation would also maintain the existing 
requirement regarding the agricultural nature of the real estate 
security and continue to permit other real estate to be taken as 
additional security. The proposal would, however, delete the 
requirement in existing Sec. 614.4210(b) that only the value of the 
agricultural property be considered for the purpose of meeting the 
loan-to-value ratio. When both agricultural and nonagricultural 
property is taken as security, the total value of the real estate may 
be considered, provided that the security is primarily agricultural, in 
that the value of the agricultural property is greater than the other 
real estate security.
    The FCA believes that this modification preserves the rural focus 
of long-term mortgage lenders contemplated by section 1.7 of the Act 
and also implements the safety and soundness concern reflected in the 
loan-to-value requirements of section 1.10. At the same time, the 
proposal would offer institutions greater flexibility to take the type 
of real estate collateral that best secures each loan. If the proposed 
regulations are adopted, the FCA will require institutions to include 
standards for real estate collateral that ensure safe and sound lending 
practices in their loan policies and underwriting standards, pursuant 
to proposed Sec. 614.4150 and subpart F of part 614.
    The FCA is also proposing to delete the requirement to report 
periodically to the institution's board of directors in situations in 
which the institution has advanced funds in order to protect its 
collateral position. Instead, the FCA expects the board of directors of 
each institution to direct management to establish appropriate 
procedures and reporting requirements for monitoring and controlling 
the advance of funds to protect collateral. Institutions should 
document that the advance is in the institution's best interest despite 
the fact that the real estate may not fully secure the advance.
    The FCA is proposing another modification to implement a provision 
of the 1996 Amendments regarding the loan security requirements. 
Existing Sec. 614.4210(b) requires that no funds can be advanced if the 
outstanding loan balance after the advance exceeds 85 percent (or 97 
percent if guaranteed by a Government agency) of the appraised value of 
the real estate taken as primary security. Section 202 of the 1996 
Amendments provides that a loan on which private mortgage insurance 
(PMI) is obtained may exceed 85 percent of the appraised value of the 
real estate security to the extent that the loan amount in excess of 85 
percent is covered by PMI. The proposed regulations would incorporate 
this change in revised Sec. 614.4200(c)(1).
    The FCA also received a comment relating to the requirements for 
intermediate-term loans in existing Sec. 614.4220. The commenter stated 
that the FCA should eliminate the requirement that intermediate-term 
loans be specifically identified and have a regular level amortization 
schedule (i.e., no graduated schedules, balloons, or bullet 
maturities). The institution asserts that good credit sense should 
dictate loan terms, rather than limiting them through regulation.
    In response, the FCA notes that loans that currently must be 
amortized and specifically identified are loans that are made for major 
capital items, such as new equipment and new or remodeled buildings and 
facilities. Existing Sec. 614.4220(b)(2) requires that the maturity of 
such loans must be shorter than the useful life of the item, and the 
amount outstanding must at all times be less than the value of the item 
after normal depreciation.
    The FCA believes that existing Sec. 614.4220(b)(2) contains an 
important credit philosophy that should be maintained by Farm Credit 
lenders. However, the FCA believes that matters such as loan 
amortization and maturity for short-term loans are more appropriately 
addressed in each lender's loan underwriting policies and standards and 
that prudent underwriting standards would reflect such a philosophy. 
Therefore, the FCA proposes to delete the requirements in 
Sec. 614.4220(b)(2). The items in Sec. 614.4220 that address loan terms 
would be relocated to Sec. 614.4040 in subpart A, and the items 
addressing loan underwriting standards and loan security requirements 
are contained in the proposed amendments to Sec. 614.4200. As a result 
of incorporating the provisions relating to short- and intermediate-
term loans in Secs. 614.4040 and 614.4200, existing Sec. 614.4220 is 
proposed to be deleted. In addition, the proposed regulations would 
codify guidance that the FCA has provided to institutions regarding 
loans made by production credit associations (PCAs) that have 
amortization schedules longer than 7 years.
    Proposed Sec. 614.4200(c)(3) would continue the provision in 
existing Sec. 614.4220(b)(1) that short- and intermediate-term loans 
may be secured or unsecured as the documented creditworthiness of the 
borrower warrants. Institutions would be expected to include collateral 
standards for short-and intermediate-term loans in the loan 
underwriting standards adopted pursuant to proposed Sec. 614.4150. 
Existing Sec. 614.4040 would be amended to specify the terms for which 
PCAs can make loans. Authority would continue for PCAs to make loans 
with maturities of up to 7 years and make loans with maturities in 
excess of 7, but not more than 10 years, if authorized in policies 
adopted by the funding bank. The FCA is proposing to add flexibility 
for PCAs to make loans with maturities of 10 years or less having 
amortization schedules of up to 15 years when such loans are authorized 
in policies approved by the funding bank.
    The FCA notes that neither the Act nor FCA regulations prohibit 
PCAs from offering borrowers a loan amortization period greater than 
the term of the loan with a balloon payment at maturity. Nor are PCAs 
precluded from refinancing such loans when safety and soundness 
conditions are met and the circumstances warrant such action. 
Therefore, the FCA is clarifying in the proposed regulations that PCAs 
may make loans with maturities of 10 years or less that are amortized 
over a period of up to 15 years, the longest period that Congress has 
considered appropriate for production lenders. This authority is 
subject to the following restrictions:
    (1) The loan may be refinanced only if the lender determines at 
maturity that the loan meets its current loan policy and loan 
underwriting criteria;
    (2) Any refinancing of the loan may not extend beyond 15 years from 
the date of the original loan; and
    (3) The loan must be for refinancing or acquisition of a capital 
asset or other permissible purpose and may not be made solely to 
finance the acquisition of real estate.
    The FCA notes that in making loans with an amortization in excess 
of 10 years, institutions cannot include an explicit or implicit 
guarantee or promise of refinancing. However, prudent lending criteria 
dictate that PCAs should determine whether a borrower's circumstances 
are likely to warrant refinancing of the balloon payment at

[[Page 16408]]

the maturity date. Also, the FCA clarifies that although loans cannot 
be made solely for the purpose of acquiring real estate, loans may be 
made for facility expansions that include the purchase of real estate 
on which to build the facilities. Finally, the FCA reiterates that any 
loans made by PCAs with an amortization in excess of 7 years must be 
authorized in policies adopted by the funding bank. In adopting such 
policies, the FCA expects the bank boards to consider the competitive 
impact on other chartered System institutions operating in the district 
territory and minimize any disruptive impact of new lending programs to 
the extent possible, consistent with the authority to make loans with 
an amortization of up to 15 years.
    The PCAs will continue to have the authority to make loans with 
terms of up to 15 years to producers and harvesters of aquatic products 
for major capital expenditures. Such loans are not subject to the 
restrictions delineated above.
    The FCA also proposes to continue the requirement that all short- 
and intermediate-term loans be made with maturities that are 
appropriate for the purpose of the loan and comply with the 
institution's loan underwriting standards. This requirement would be 
moved to Sec. 614.4040.

III. Other Proposed Amendments

    The FCA is proposing a clarifying amendment to Sec. 614.4050 that 
would recognize the authority of agricultural credit associations 
(ACAs) to make long-term real estate mortgage loans of not less than 5 
nor more than 40 years, rather than not less than 10 nor more than 40 
years as stated in the existing regulation. The current provision was 
adopted in order to recognize that ACAs have the option to make loans 
under their short- and intermediate-term lending authority without 
requiring a first lien on real estate if the term is 10 years or less. 
The proposed amendment would clarify that an ACA has the option of 
making loans with maturities between 5 and 10 years under either its 
long-term or its short- and intermediate-term lending authority as 
appropriate.
    The FCA received a comment relating to regulatory burden that 
pertains to the independent credit judgment requirements of 
Sec. 614.4325(e). The commenter states that this regulation eliminates 
the ability of FCS institutions to fully utilize an agent in the 
administration of loan participations. The regulation requires that 
independent credit judgment be applied by an employee of the purchasing 
participant, and does not allow the authority to be delegated to an 
agent who is not an employee.
    The FCA agrees that an institution may sometimes find it 
advantageous to use an agent in connection with its loan purchase 
authorities. The FCA observes, however, that the institution's board 
remains fully accountable for transactions through agents and fully 
responsible for the sound administration of all loans, whether made 
directly by the institution or purchased through the institution's 
participation authority. Therefore, the FCA proposes, by adding a new 
Sec. 614.4325(h), to allow transactions through agents as long as the 
institution remains accountable for all the agent's actions by ensuring 
that the agent complies with the institution's specific underwriting 
and other criteria for the purchase of loans. The FCA proposes that 
these types of transactions are permissible, only if: (1) The 
institution's board establishes the necessary criteria in a written 
agency agreement that outlines the scope of the agent relationship and 
obligates the agent to follow the institution's loan underwriting 
standards; and (2) the agent relationship is reviewed periodically by 
the institution's board to determine if the agent's actions are in the 
best interest of the institution. In order to maintain the independent 
judgment of the institution, the proposed regulation also requires that 
the agent must be independent of the seller or any intermediate broker 
in the transaction.
    The FCA Board believes that these actions represent the minimum 
practices that will not only outline the authority of the agent, but 
also establish how the institution will hold the agent accountable for 
compliance with the institution's loan policies and underwriting 
standards. The FCA Board expects an agent agreement to outline the type 
of business that is acceptable to the board and specific authorities 
with respect to approval levels, reporting requirements, and other 
performance elements that the board of directors could utilize to 
ensure that the agent relationship is in the institution's best 
interest. Given the supervisory role of a bank and its control over the 
association's funding, the FCA believes it would not be practical for 
an association to attempt to hold its funding bank accountable. 
Therefore, under proposed Sec. 614.4325(h)(3), a funding bank will be 
specifically prohibited from being an agent for an association it 
funds.
    The FCA Board is also proposing amendments that are not a result of 
the regulatory burden comments, but are nonetheless consistent with 
FCA's initiatives to reduce burden and clarify existing regulations 
where necessary.
    The FCA proposes to delete Sec. 614.4222, non-farm rural home 
loans, and relocate the provisions to Sec. 614.4200(c)(4) that pertain 
to general security requirements for such rural home loans. This action 
is proposed to achieve more consistent and concise regulations. The FCA 
notes that there is an outstanding proposed amendment to Sec. 614.4222, 
and this proposal will be in addition to the amendment proposed at 60 
FR 47121 (September 11, 1995).
    The FCA proposes to delete Sec. 614.4230 and include the provisions 
on security for title III loans in a new Sec. 614.4200(c)(5), in the 
same manner as is proposed for Sec. 614.4222. The provisions in 
Sec. 614.4230(a) pertain to loan underwriting and must be considered by 
the institution pursuant to proposed Sec. 614.4150.
    The FCA proposes to significantly revise Sec. 614.4231, which 
contains the specific requirements outlined for different commodity 
programs, and instead require that loans on commodities covered by 
government programs comply with the criteria established for those 
programs. This revision is proposed because of the changing nature of 
the government programs for the listed commodities.
    Since their publication in 1995, the FCA has received several 
requests to review certain provisions of the collateral regulations 
contained in this subpart. Specifically, Farm Credit institutions and 
examiners have pointed out two potentially burdensome areas: (1) The 
applicability of the collateral evaluation requirements in 
Sec. 614.4250 within an institution's small loan program; and (2) the 
income capitalization approach to valuing collateral and related 
provisions of Sec. 614.4265.
    Comments received suggest the amount of documentation specifically 
required by Sec. 614.4250 (a)(4), (a)(5), and (a)(6) is burdensome and 
yields little extra risk protection for loans that qualify under an 
institution's small loan program. In addition to comments received from 
System institutions, FCA examiners have observed some instances in 
which these particular collateral evaluation requirements may be 
impeding prudent underwriting of certain loans in some institutions. 
Some lending officials have made unsecured loans in the institution's 
small loan program rather than taking available collateral to avoid the 
documentation burden of Sec. 614.4250. The FCA now recognizes that 
certain elements of

[[Page 16409]]

collateral evaluations required in the existing regulation may not be 
conducive to the effective and efficient delivery of credit demanded by 
the current market place for certain small, low risk loans. The FCA 
believes such programs can be structured to ensure prudent lending 
practices are imposed and remain in place while alleviating the burden 
of the existing regulations.
    The FCA proposes to amend Secs. 614.4245 and 614.4250 by making 
parts of Sec. 614.4250 requirements inapplicable to an institution's 
small loan program. However, each System institution must establish 
appropriate procedures for the valuation of collateral taken to secure 
loans under any small loan program. At a minimum, these procedures 
should require documentation and certification of the value of the 
collateral taken for small loans by an individual sufficiently skilled 
to assign values to the collateral taken. The FCA believes certain 
minimum requirements for collateral evaluations will sufficiently 
document valuations for loans qualifying under an institution's small 
loan program and meet the central, but not all, requirements of the 
Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) 
guidelines. The FCA, through this proposal, seeks to ensure that the 
most essential requirements of Sec. 614.4250 for small loan programs, 
namely paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(7), are retained. To 
accomplish this change, a new paragraph Sec. 614.4245(d) is proposed to 
permit an institution to adopt policies and standards for a small loan 
program that exclude documentation requirements presently existing in 
Sec. 614.4250 (a)(4) through (a)(6). A corresponding modification is 
proposed for Sec. 614.4250. This proposal would allow greater 
flexibility to institutions and require that policies and standards be 
adopted that address small loan program collateral criteria.
    Requirements contained in (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(7) of 
Sec. 614.4250 would continue to apply to an institution's small loan 
program. These provisions require all collateral evaluations to be 
based on the property's market value, be in a written format, consider 
the property's use or intended use, and contain a certification by a 
competent appraiser/evaluator. The FCA further observes that the use of 
a limited or restricted appraisal, completed in accordance with USPAP 
Standard 2.2, is a valid statement of value under the revisions to this 
section. While the FCA is proposing to exempt certain requirements 
contained in Sec. 614.4250(a), institutions are reminded that if real 
estate is taken as collateral and State-sanctioned (certified or 
licensed) appraisers are used for the valuation process, the proposed 
exclusion of the provisions contained in Sec. 614.4250 (a)(4) through 
(a)(6) may cause the resulting evaluations not to comply with USPAP and 
State certification or licensing standards in certain instances. In 
such cases, appraisers/evaluators may not meet terms and conditions 
under which those States have certified or licensed them. This, 
however, is considered a professional issue and institutions may 
include the provisions of Sec. 614.4250(a)(4) through (a)(6) as they 
deem appropriate.
    The second area concerning the Agency's collateral regulations 
centers on the clarification of requirements of the departure 
provisions and income capitalization approach to valuing collateral 
found in Sec. 614.4265. The FCA has received several comments and 
suggestions to reconsider the appropriate use of, or exclusion of, one 
or more of the three recognized approaches to valuation of real estate. 
Most comments focused on Sec. 614.4265(b) and the intent and purpose of 
the requirements of Sec. 614.4265 (d) and (e). Upon review and 
consideration of comments received and the changes proposed herein, the 
FCA concludes that no revisions to the existing requirements of 
Sec. 614.4265 should be made. However, the FCA believes it is necessary 
to clarify the purposes of, and alternatives provided by, Sec. 614.4265 
(d) and (e), and the FCA intends to make this clarification through its 
bookletter process.
    Finally, the FCA proposes to clarify that Sec. 614.4325, purchase 
and sale of interests in loans, also applies to transactions involving 
pools of loans in the same manner as they apply to transactions 
pertaining to individual loans. The FCA proposes an expanded definition 
of the term ``interests in loans'' in Sec. 614.4325(a)(1) to include 
transactions involving a pool of loans. The FCA is proposing this 
amendment to relieve any potential regulatory burden and clarify how 
pool transactions are to be handled.
    The FCA proposes many conforming amendments within subparts A, C, 
H, J, and Q of part 614, and in part 619 so that affected regulations 
are consistent with the substantive changes proposed. Certain 
conforming amendments in subpart A are in regulation sections that are 
proposed to be revised as conforming amendments in the proposed rule 
addressing eligibility and scope of financing. See 60 FR 47103 
(September 11, 1995). The conforming amendments in this rulemaking are 
in addition to those proposed on September 11, 1995, and include 
Secs. 614.4000, 614.4010, 614.4020, 614.4030, 614.4040, 614.4050, 
614.4222, and 614.4810.

List of Subjects

12 CFR Part 614

    Agriculture, Banks, banking, Flood insurance, Foreign trade, 
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Rural areas.

12 CFR Part 619

    Agriculture, Banks, Banking, Rural areas.

    For the reasons stated in the preamble, parts 614 and 619 of 
chapter VI, title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations are proposed to 
be amended to read as follows:

PART 614--LOAN POLICIES AND OPERATIONS

    1. The authority citation for part 614 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 4012a, 4104a, 4101b, 4106, and 4128; Secs. 
1.3, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.9, 1.10, 2.0, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.10, 2.12, 2.13, 
2.15, 3.0, 3.1, 3.3, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10, 3.20, 3.28, 4.12, 4.12A, 4.13, 
4.13B, 4.14, 4.14A, 4.14C, 4.14D, 4.14E. 4.18, 4.18A, 4.19, 4.36, 
4.37, 5.9, 5.10, 5.17, 7.0, 7.2, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.12, 7.13, 8.0, 8.5 
of the Farm Credit Act (12 U.S.C. 2011, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2017, 
2018, 2019, 2071, 2073, 2074, 2075, 2091, 2093, 2094, 2096, 2121, 
2122, 2124, 2128, 2129, 2131, 2141, 2149, 2183, 2184, 2199, 2201, 
2202, 2202a, 2202c, 2202d, 2202e, 2206, 2206a, 2207, 2219a, 2219b, 
2243, 2244, 2252, 2279a, 2279a-2, 2279b, 2279b-1, 2279b-2, 2279f, 
2279f-1, 2279aa, 2279aa-5); sec. 413 of Pub. L. 100-233, 101 Stat. 
1568, 1639.

Subpart A--Lending Authorities

    2. Section 614.4000 is amended by removing the words ``agricultural 
credit association of a Federal land credit association'' and adding in 
its place, the words ``agricultural credit association or a Federal 
land credit association'' in the introductory text of paragraph (f), 
and revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:

Sec. 614.4000  Farm Credit Banks.

    (a) Long-term real estate lending. Except to the extent such 
authorities are transferred pursuant to section 7.6 of the Act, Farm 
Credit Banks are authorized to make, subject to the requirements in 
Sec. 614.4200 of this part, real estate mortgage loans with maturities 
of not less than 5 years nor more than 40 years and continuing 
commitments to make such loans.
* * * * *
    3. Section 614.4010 is amended by removing the reference 
``Sec. 614.4230''

[[Page 16410]]

and adding in its place, the reference ``Sec. 614.4200'' in paragraphs 
(d)(1) and (d)(2); and revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:

Sec. 614.4010  Agricultural credit banks.

    (a) Long-term real estate lending. Except to the extent such 
authorities are transferred pursuant to section 7.6 of the Act, 
agricultural credit banks are authorized to make, subject to the 
requirements of Sec. 614.4200, real estate mortgage loans with 
maturities of not less than 5 years nor more than 40 years and 
continuing commitments to make such loans.
* * * * *

Sec. 614.4020  [Amended]

    4. Section 614.4020 is amended by removing the reference 
``614.4230'' and adding in its place, the reference ``614.4200'' in 
paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2).
    5. Section 614.4030 is amended by revising paragraph (a) to read as 
follows:

Sec. 614.4030  Federal land credit associations.

    (a) Long-term real estate lending. Federal land credit associations 
are authorized to make, subject to the requirements of Sec. 614.4200, 
real estate mortgage loans with maturities of not less than 5 years nor 
more than 40 years and continuing commitments to make such loans.
* * * * *
    6. Section 614.4040 is amended by removing paragraph (b); 
redesignating paragraphs (c) and (d) as new paragraphs (b) and (c), 
respectively; removing the reference ``paragraph (c)(2)'' and adding in 
its place, the reference ``paragraph (b)(2)'' in newly designated 
paragraph (b)(1) introductory text; and by revising paragraph (a) to 
read as follows:

Sec. 614.4040  Production credit associations.

    (a) Loan terms.
    (1) Production credit associations are authorized to make or 
guarantee loans and other similar financial assistance for the 
following terms:
    (i) Repayable in not more than 7 years;
    (ii) Repayable in more than 7 years, but not more than 10 years, 
subject to authorization in policies approved by the funding bank;
    (iii) Repayable in not more than 15 years to producers or 
harvesters of aquatic products for major capital expenditures, 
including but not limited to the purchase of vessels, construction or 
purchase of shore facilities, and similar purposes directly related to 
the producing or harvesting operation; 'and
    (2) Subject to policies approved by the funding bank, production 
credit associations may make loans authorized under paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section that are amortized over a period not to exceed 15 years, 
provided that:
    (i) The loan may be refinanced only if the lender determines, at 
the time of maturity, that the loan meets its loan policy and 
underwriting criteria;
    (ii) Any refinancing may not extend repayment beyond 15 years from 
the date of the original loan; and
    (iii) The loan is not being made solely for the purpose of 
acquiring real estate;
    (3) Short- and intermediate-term loans shall be made with 
maturities that are appropriate for the purpose of the loan and that 
comply with the institution's loan underwriting standards adopted 
pursuant to Sec. 614.4150 and the general requirements of Sec. 614.4200 
of this part.
* * * * *
    7. Section 614.4050 is amended by adding introductory text and by 
revising paragraphs (a) and (b) to read as follows:

Sec. 614.4050  Agricultural credit associations.

    Agricultural credit associations are authorized to make, subject to 
the requirements of Sec. 614.4200 of this part:
    (a) Long-term real estate mortgage loans with maturities of not 
less than 5 nor more than 40 years, and continuing commitments to make 
such loans; and
    (b) Short- and intermediate-term loans and provide other similar 
financial assistance for a term not more than 10 years (15 years for 
aquatic producers and harvesters).
* * * * *

Subpart C--Bank/Association Lending Relationship

Sec. 614.4120  [Amended]

    8. Section 614.4120 is amended by removing the words ``the factors 
set forth in Secs. 614.4150 and 614.4160'' and adding in their place, 
the words ``the loan underwriting policies and standards adopted 
pursuant to Sec. 614.4150'' in the last sentance of paragraph (a).

Secs. 614.4135, 614.4140, and 614.4145  [Removed]

    9. Sections 614.4135, 614.4140, and 614.4145 are removed.

Subpart D--General Loan Policies for Banks and Associations

Secs. 614.4150, 614.4160  [Removed]

    10. Sections 614.4150 and 614.4160 are removed.
    11. New section 614.4150 is added to read as follows:

Sec. 614.4150  Lending policies and loan underwriting standards.

    Under the policies of its board, each institution shall adopt 
written standards for prudent lending and shall issue written policies, 
operating procedures, and control mechanisms that reflect prudent 
credit practices and comply with all applicable laws and regulations. 
Written policies and procedures shall, at a minimum, prescribe:
    (a) The minimum supporting credit information, frequency for 
submission of information, and verification of information required in 
relation to loan size, complexity and risk exposure;
    (b) The procedures to be followed in credit analysis;
    (c) The minimum standards for loan disbursement, servicing and 
collections;
    (d) Requirements for collateral and methods for its administration;
    (e) Loan approval delegations and requirements for reporting to the 
board;
    (f) Loan pricing practices;
    (g) Loan underwriting standards that include measurable standards 
for determining that an applicant has the operational, financial, and 
management resources necessary to repay the debt from cashflow, are 
appropriate for each loan program and the institution's risk-bearing 
ability, and consider the nature and type of credit risk, amount of the 
loan, and enterprise being financed;
    (h) Requirements that loan terms and conditions are appropriate for 
loan purposes; and
    (i) Such other requirements as are necessary for the professional 
conduct of a lending organization, including documentation for each 
loan transaction of compliance with the loan underwriting standards or 
the compensating factors or extenuating circumstances that establish 
repayment capacity notwithstanding the failure to meet any single loan 
underwriting standard.
    12. Section 614.4165 is amended by removing paragraphs (b) and (c); 
redesignating paragraphs (d) and (e) as new paragraphs (b) and (c); and 
revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:

Sec. 614.4165  Special credit needs.

    (a) The board of each direct lender institution shall adopt 
policies to establish programs to provide credit and related services 
to young, beginning, and small farmers, ranchers, and producers or 
harvesters of aquatic products.
* * * * *

Subpart E--Loan Terms and Conditions

    13. Section 614.4200 is revised to read as follows:

[[Page 16411]]

Sec. 614.4200  General requirements.

    (a) Terms and conditions. (1) The terms and conditions of each loan 
made by a Farm Credit bank or association shall be set forth in a 
written document, such as a loan agreement, promissory note, or other 
instrument appropriate to the type and amount of the credit extension, 
in order to establish loan conditions and performance requirements and, 
where appropriate, to obligate the borrower to provide financial 
statements, certified true and correct by the borrower, as required or 
requested during the term of the loan. Copies of all documents executed 
by the borrower in connection with the closing of a loan made under 
titles I or II of the Act shall be provided to the borrower at the time 
of execution and at any time thereafter that the borrower requests 
additional copies.
    (2) The terms and conditions of all loans shall be adequately 
disclosed in writing to the borrower not later than loan closing. For 
loans made under titles I and II of the Act, the institution shall 
provide prompt written notice of the approval of the loan.
    (3) Applicants shall be provided notification of the action taken 
on each credit application in compliance with the requirements of 12 
CFR 202.9.
    (b) Obtaining borrower financial statements. As part of the loan 
underwriting policies adopted pursuant to Sec. 614.4150, each direct 
lender institution must adopt policies and procedures for obtaining 
sufficient financial information from all borrowers in order to 
establish repayment capacity and assess the risk inherent in each loan. 
In addition, for loans, except rural home loans, made under titles I or 
II of the Act:
    (1) Farm Credit banks and associations shall require from each 
borrower a verifiable balance sheet and income statement that has been 
certified true and correct as a condition precedent to making, renewing 
or extending the terms of a loan or taking any material servicing 
action for the following loans:
    (i) Monthly payment loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of 
loans and commitments per borrower greater than $500,000; and
    (ii) Loans, except monthly payment loans, with an aggregate 
outstanding balance of loans and commitments per borrower greater than 
$100,000.
    (2) Farm Credit banks and associations shall require annually from 
each borrower a verifiable balance sheet and income statement that has 
been certified true and correct for the following loans:
    (i) Monthly payment loans with an aggregate outstanding balance of 
loans and commitments per borrower greater than $500,000;
    (ii) Loans, except monthly payment loans, with an aggregate 
outstanding balance of loans and commitments per borrower greater than 
$200,000; and
    (iii) Loans, except monthly payment loans, that are classified as 
less than acceptable and that have an aggregate outstanding balance of 
loans and commitments per borrower greater than $100,000.
    (c) Security. (1) Long-term real estate mortgage loans must be 
secured by a first lien interest in real estate. No funds shall be 
advanced, under a legally binding commitment or otherwise, if the 
outstanding loan balance after the advance would exceed 85 percent (or 
97 percent as provided in section 1.10(a) of the Act) of the appraised 
value of the real estate, except that a loan on which private mortgage 
insurance is obtained may exceed 85 percent of the appraised value of 
the real estate to the extent that the loan amount in excess of 85 
percent is covered by such insurance. Real estate securing long-term 
mortgage loans must be comprised primarily of agricultural or rural 
property, including agricultural land, a farm-related business, a 
marketing or processing operation, a rural residence, or real estate 
used as an integral part of an aquatic operation.
    (2) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, the lending institution may advance funds for the payment of 
taxes or insurance premiums with respect to the real estate, reschedule 
loan payments, grant partial releases of security interests in the real 
estate, and take other actions necessary to protect the lender's 
collateral position. Any action taken that results in exceeding the 
loan-to-value limitation shall be in accordance with a policy of the 
institution's board of directors and adequately documented in the loan 
file.
    (3) Short- and intermediate-term loans may be secured or unsecured 
as the documented creditworthiness of the borrower warrants.
    (4) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, a long-term, non-farm rural home loan, including a revolving 
line of credit, shall be secured by a first lien on the property, 
except that it may be secured by a second lien if the institution also 
holds the first lien on the property. A short- or intermediate-term 
loan on a rural home, including a revolving line of credit, must be 
secured by a lien on the property unless the financing is provided 
exclusively for repairs, remodeling, or other improvements to the rural 
home, in which case the credit may be secured by other property or 
unsecured if warranted by the documented creditworthiness of the 
borrower.
    (5) Except as provided in Sec. 614.4231, loans made under title III 
of the Act may be secured or unsecured, as appropriate for the purpose 
of the loan and the documented creditworthiness of the borrower.

Secs. 614.4210, 614.4220, 614.4222, 614.4230  [Removed]

    14. Sections 614.4210, 614.4220, 614.4222, and 614.4230 are 
removed.
    15. Section 614.4231 is revised to read as follows:

Sec. 614.4231  Certain seasonal commodity loans to cooperatives.

    Loans on certain commodities that are part of government programs 
shall comply with the criteria established for those programs. Security 
taken on program commodities shall be consistent with prudent lending 
practices and ensure compliance with the government program. The bank 
shall provide for periodic review by bank officials of any custodial 
activities and shall provide notice to the custodians that their 
activities are subject to review and examination by the Farm Credit 
Administration.

Subpart F--Collateral Evaluation Requirements

    16. Section 614.4245 is amended by adding a new paragraph (d) to 
read as follows:

Sec. 614.4245  Collateral evaluation policies.

* * * * *
    (d) An institution's board of directors may adopt modified 
collateral evaluation requirements, consistent with Sec. 614.4250(b), 
for loans designated as part of a small loan program, which shall be 
limited to loans to borrowers with aggregate outstanding balances to 
the institution of $100,000 or less.
* * * * *
    17. Section 614.4250 is amended by removing the words 
``Specifically, all collateral evaluations must:'' and adding in their 
place, the words ``Except for security taken on loans that are 
designated as part of an institution's small loan program, all 
collateral evaluations must:'' in paragraph (a) introductory text; 
redesignating paragraph (b) as new paragraph (c) and adding new 
paragraph (b) to read as follows:

Sec. 614.4250  Collateral evaluation standards.

* * * * *

[[Page 16412]]

    (b) Collateral evaluations of property that secures a loan 
designated as part of an institution's small loan program must comply 
only with the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), and 
(a)(7) of this section.
* * * * *

Subpart H--Loan Purchases and Sales

    18. Section 614.4325 is amended by removing the reference 
``Sec. 614.4160'' and adding in its place, the words ``the loan 
underwriting standards adopted pursuant to Sec. 614.4150'' in the 
fourth sentence of paragraph (e); revising paragraph (a)(1); and adding 
new paragraph (h) to read as follows:

Sec. 614.4325  Purchase and sale of interests in loans.

    (a) * * *
    (1) Interests in loans means ownership interests in the principal 
amount, interest payments, or any aspect of a loan transaction and 
transactions involving a pool of loans, including servicing rights.
* * * * *
    (h) Transactions through agents. Transactions pertaining to 
purchases of loans, including the judgment on creditworthiness, may be 
performed through an agent, provided that:
    (1) The institution establishes the necessary criteria in a written 
agency agreement that outlines, at a minimum, the scope of the agency 
relationship and obligates the agent to comply with the institution's 
underwriting standards;
    (2) The institution periodically reviews the agency relationship to 
determine if the agent's actions are in the best interest of the 
institution;
    (3) Restrictions.
    (i) An association's funding bank cannot act as its agent; and
    (ii) The agent must be independent of the seller or intermediate 
broker in the transaction.

Subpart J--Lending Limits

Sec. 614.4355  [Amended]

    19. Section 614.4355 is amended by removing the word ``seasonal'' 
and adding in its place, the word ``commodity'' the second place it 
appears in paragraphs (a)(6) and (b)(1) respectively, and in paragraph 
(a)(8).

Sec. 614.4358  [Amended]

    20. Section 614.4358 is amended by removing the words ``on the 
credit factors set forth in Sec. 614.4160'' and adding in their place, 
the words ``under the loan underwriting standards adopted pursuant to 
Sec. 614.4150'' in paragraph (a)(1)(ii).

Subpart Q--Banks for Cooperatives Financing International Trade

Sec. 614.4810  [Amended]

    21. Section 614.4810 is amended by removing the words ``credit 
factors listed in Sec. 614.4160'' and adding in their place, the words 
``the loan underwriting standards adopted pursuant to Sec. 614.4150'' 
in paragraph (b).

PART 619--DEFINITIONS

    21. The authority citation for part 619 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority: Secs. 1.7, 2.4, 4.9, 5.9, 5.12, 5.17, 5.18, 7.0, 7.6, 
7.7, 7.8 of the Farm Credit Act (12 U.S.C. 2015, 2075, 2160, 2243, 
2246, 2252, 2253, 2279a, 2279b, 2279b-1, 2279b-2).

Secs. 619.9165 and 619.9290  [Removed]

    22. Sections 619.9165 an 619.9290 are removed.

* * * * *
    Dated: April 9, 1996.
Floyd Fithian,
Secretary, Farm Credit Administration Board.
[FR Doc. 96-9155 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6705-01-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9096 List of Regulated Substances and Thresholds for Accidental Release Prevention; Proposed Stay of Effectiveness
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16606-16608]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9096]

[[Page 16605]]

_______________________________________________________________________

Part V

Environmental Protection Agency

_______________________________________________________________________

40 CFR Part 68

List of Regulated Substances and Thresholds for Accidental Release 
Prevention; Proposed Stay of Effectiveness; Proposed Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 73 / Monday, April 15, 1996 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 16606]]

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

40 CFR Part 68

[FRL-5657-8]

List of Regulated Substances and Thresholds for Accidental 
Release Prevention; Proposed Stay of Effectiveness

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Proposed rule; proposed stay of effectiveness.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: In Part IV of today's Federal Register, the Environmental 
Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing several modifications to 
provisions of the rule listing regulated substances and establishing 
threshold quantities under section 112(r) of the Clean Air Act as 
amended (List Rule Amendments). The proposed List Rule Amendments, if 
promulgated in a final rule, would clarify or establish that part 68 
does not apply to several types of processes and sources.
    This action proposes, pursuant to Clean Air Act section 301(a)(1), 
42 U.S.C. 7601(a)(1), to stay the effectiveness of provisions that are 
affected by the proposed List Rule Amendments in Part IV of today's 
Federal Register, for so long as necessary to take final action on the 
proposed List Rule Amendments. Pursuant to the rulemaking provisions of 
Clean Air Act section 307(d), 42 U.S.C. 7607(d), EPA hereby requests 
public comment on this proposed short-term stay of provisions affected 
by the proposed List Rule Amendments. Under the proposed stay, owners 
and operators of processes and sources that EPA has proposed not be 
subject to part 68 would not become subject to part 68 until EPA has 
determined whether to proceed with the List Rule Amendments proposed in 
today's Federal Register.

DATES: Comments. Comments must be submitted on or before May 15, 1996 
unless a hearing is requested by April 25, 1996. If a hearing is 
requested, written comments must be received by May 30, 1996.
    Public Hearing. Anyone requesting a public hearing must contact EPA 
no later than April 25, 1996. If a hearing is held, it will take place 
on April 30, 1996 at 9:30 a.m.

ADDRESSES: Comments. Comments should be submitted to: U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, Air Docket (6102), Attn: Docket A-96-
08: IV-I (Proposed Stay of Effectiveness), Waterside Mall, 401 M St. 
SW., Washington, DC 20460. Comments must be submitted in duplicate. If 
a public hearing is held, written testimony must be submitted in 
duplicate at the time of the hearing.
    Public Hearing. If a public hearing is held, it will be held at 
Waterside Mall, 401 M St. SW., Washington DC, in the EPA Conference 
Center. Persons interested in attending the hearing or wishing to 
present oral testimony should notify by telephone Vanessa Rodriguez 
(see For Further Information Contact).
    Docket. All information used in the development of this proposal is 
contained in the preamble below. However, Docket A-91-74, containing 
background information for the original List Rule, and Docket A-96-08, 
containing background information on the proposed List Rule amendments, 
are available for public inspection between 8:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m., 
Monday through Friday at EPA's Air Docket, Room 1500, 401 M St. SW., 
Washington, DC 20460; telephone (202) 260-7548. A reasonable fee may be 
charged for copying.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Vanessa Rodriguez, Chemical Engineer, 
Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention Office, Environmental 
Protection Agency (5101), 401 M St. SW., Washington, DC 20460, (202) 
260-7913.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

I. Background and Discussion

    Elsewhere in the proposed rule section of today's Federal Register, 
EPA is proposing amendments to regulations in 40 CFR part 68 that, 
inter alia, list regulated substances and establish threshold 
quantities for the accident prevention provisions under Clean Air Act 
section 112(r). Readers should refer to that document for a complete 
discussion of the background of the rule affected. The amendments 
proposed in that document (``List Rule Amendments'') would, if 
promulgated, delete explosives from the list of regulated substances, 
modify threshold provisions to exclude flammable substances in gasoline 
and in naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures prior to entry into 
processing unit or plant, modify the threshold provisions for other 
flammable mixtures, and clarify the definition of stationary source 
with respect to transportation, storage incident to transportation, and 
naturally occurring hydrocarbon reservoirs.
    It is unlikely that EPA will be able to take final action on some 
or all of the proposed List Rule Amendments prior to May 24, 1996, the 
date on which EPA anticipates it will take final action on additional 
``Risk Management Program'' regulations under Clean Air Act section 
112(r). This action proposes to stay provisions of part 68 that are 
affected by the proposed List Rule Amendments until such time as EPA 
takes final action on the proposed List Rule Amendments. If, following 
consideration of public comment, EPA takes final action to stay the 
effectiveness of these provisions, these provisions will be stayed 
until after EPA takes final action on the proposed List Rule 
Amendments.
    EPA is proposing this stay because, at this time, EPA is seeking 
comment on whether the various processes and sources affected by the 
proposed List Rule Amendments should be subject to part 68. EPA will 
need to evaluate comments on the proposed List Rule Amendments before 
taking final action on that proposal. During the period prior to final 
action on the List Rule Amendments proposal, owners and operators of 
sources affected by the proposed List Rule Amendments would not know if 
they ultimately will be subject to part 68. Such owners and operators 
should have the same certainty about whether they are subject to part 
68 as other owners and operators have when they begin their regulatory 
compliance planning. The effect of the proposed stay would be to allow 
owners and operators of processes and sources affected by the proposed 
List Rule Amendments three years to come into compliance with the Risk 
Management Program rule in the event EPA fails to adopt the proposed 
List Rule Amendments. That is, if EPA does not promulgate a provision 
of the proposed List Rule Amendments, either by taking negative final 
action or by allowing the stay to expire without final action, owners 
and operators of processes and sources affected by that provision would 
need to achieve compliance with the Risk Management Program rule within 
three years from the date of the negative final action or the 
expiration of the stay.

II. Required Analyses

A. E.O. 12866

    Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), the 
Agency must judge whether the regulatory action is ``significant,'' and 
therefore subject to OMB review and the requirements of the Executive 
Order. The Order defines ``significant regulatory action'' as one that 
is likely to result in a rule that may:
    (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or 
adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the 
economy,

[[Page 16607]]

productivity, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or state, 
local, or tribal government or communities;
    (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an 
action taken or planned by another agency;
    (3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, 
user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients 
thereof; or
    (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal 
mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in 
the Executive Order.
    It has been determined this proposed rule is not a ``significant 
regulatory action'' under the terms of Executive Order 12866 and 
therefore is not subject to OMB review.

B. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    In accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, Federal 
agencies must evaluate the effects of the rule on small entities and 
examine alternatives that may reduce these effects.
    EPA has examined the proposed rule's potential effects on small 
entities as required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act. It has 
determined that this rule will have no adverse effect on small entities 
because it defers the need for stationary sources to comply with 
current rule provisions that EPA has proposed to amend; the amendments, 
if adopted, likely would reduce the number of stationary sources 
subject to the accidental release prevention requirements. Therefore, I 
certify that today's proposed rule will not have a significant economic 
effect on a substantial number of small entities.

C. Paperwork Reduction Act

    This proposed rule does not include any information collection 
requirements for OMB to review under the provisions of the Paperwork 
Reduction Act of 1980, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.

D. Unfunded Mandates

    Under section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 
signed into law on March 22, 1995, EPA must prepare a statement to 
accompany any rule where the estimated costs to State, local, or tribal 
governments in the aggregate, or to the private sector, will be $100 
million or more in any one year. Under section 205, EPA must select the 
most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative that achieves the 
objective of the rule and is consistent with statutory requirements. 
Section 203 requires EPA to establish a plan for informing and advising 
any small governments that may be significantly impacted by the rule.
    EPA has estimated that this rule does not include a Federal mandate 
that may result in estimated costs of $100 million or more to either 
State, local, or tribal governments in the aggregate, or to the private 
sector.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 68

    Environmental protection, Chemicals, Chemical accident prevention, 
Clean Air Act, Extremely hazardous substances, Intergovernmental 
relations, Hazardous substances, Reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements.

    Dated: April 5, 1996.
Carol M. Browner,
Administrator.

    For the reasons set out in the preamble, Title 40, Chapter I, 
Subchapter C, Part 68 of the Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to 
be amended to read as follows:

PART 68--CHEMICAL ACCIDENT PREVENTION PROVISIONS

    1. The authority citation for Part 68 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7412(r), 7601.

    2. In Subpart A, Sec. 68.2 is proposed to be added to read as 
follows:

Sec. 68.2  Stayed Provisions.

    (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the 
effectiveness of the following provisions is stayed from March 2, 1994 
to (insert date 18 months after publication of final rule in the 
Federal Register):
    (1) In Sec. 68.3, definition of ``stationary source,'' to the 
extent that such definition includes naturally occurring hydrocarbon 
reservoirs or transportation subject to oversight or regulation under a 
state natural gas or hazardous liquid program for which the state has 
in effect a certification to DOT under 49 U.S.C. 60105;
    (2) Section 68.115(b)(2) of this part, to the extent that such 
provision requires an owner or operator to treat as a regulated 
flammable substance:
    (i) Gasoline, when in distribution or related storage for use as 
fuel for internal combustion engines.
    (ii) Naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures prior to entry into a 
petroleum refining process unit or a natural gas processing plant. 
Naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures include any of the following: 
condensate, crude oil, field gas, and produced water, each as defined 
in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (iii) Other mixtures containing a regulated flammable substance 
that does not have a National Fire Protection Association flammability 
hazard rating of 4, the definition of which is in the NFPA 704, 
Standard System for the Identification of the Fire Hazards of 
Materials, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, 1990. 
Available from the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch 
Park, Quincy, MA 02269-9101. This incorporation by reference was 
approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be inspected at the 
Environmental Protection Agency Air Docket (6102), Attn: Docket No. A-
96-08, Waterside Mall, 401 M. St. SW., Washington D.C.; or at the 
Office of Federal Register at 800 North Capitol St., NW, Suite 700, 
Washington, D.C. (Note: this document will only be available for 
inspection at the Federal Register after this action becomes a final 
rule); and
    (3) Section 68.130(a).
    (b) From March 2, 1994 to (insert date 18 months after publication 
of final rule in the Federal Register) the following definitions shall 
apply to the stayed provisions described in paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    Condensate means hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas that 
condenses because of changes in temperature, pressure, or both, and 
remains liquid at standard conditions.
    Crude oil means any naturally occurring, unrefined petroleum 
liquid.
    Field gas means gas extracted from a production well before the gas 
enters a natural gas processing plant.
    Natural gas processing plant means any processing site engaged in 
the extraction of natural gas liquids from field gas, fractionation of 
natural gas liquids to natural gas products, or both. A separator, 
dehydration unit, heater treater, sweetening unit, compressor, or 
similar equipment shall not be considered a ``processing site'' unless 
such equipment is physically located within a natural gas processing 
plant (gas plant) site.
    Petroleum refining process unit means a process unit used in an 
establishment primarily engaged in petroleum refining as defined in the 
Standard Industrial Classification code for petroleum refining (2911) 
and used for the following: (1) Producing transportation fuels (such as 
gasoline, diesel fuels, and jet fuels), heating fuels (such as 
kerosene, fuel gas distillate, and fuel oils), or lubricants; (2) 
Separating petroleum; or (3) Separating, cracking, reacting, or 
reforming intermediate petroleum streams.
    Examples of such units include, but are not limited to, petroleum 
based solvent units, alkylation units, catalytic hydrotreating, 
catalytic hydrorefining, catalytic hydrocracking, catalytic

[[Page 16608]]

reforming, catalytic cracking, crude distillation, lube oil processing, 
hydrogen production, isomerization, polymerization, thermal processes, 
and blending, sweetening, and treating processes. Petroleum refining 
process units include sulfur plants.
    Produced water means water extracted from the earth from an oil or 
natural gas production well, or that is separated from oil or natural 
gas after extraction.

[FR Doc. 96-9096 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

FR Doc. 96-9095 List of Regulated Substances and Thresholds for Accidental Release Prevention; Proposed Amendments
[Federal Register Volume 61, Number 73 (Monday, April 15, 1996)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16598-16604]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 96-9095]

[[Page 16597]]

_______________________________________________________________________

Part IV

Environmental Protection Agency

_______________________________________________________________________

40 CFR Part 68

List of Regulated Substances and Thresholds for Accidental Release 
Prevention; Proposed Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 61, No. 73 / Monday, April 15, 1996 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 16598]]

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

40 CFR Part 68

[FRL-5657-7]

List of Regulated Substances and Thresholds for Accidental 
Release Prevention; Proposed Amendments

AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing several 
modifications to the rule listing regulated substances and threshold 
quantities under section 112(r) of the Clean Air Act as amended. EPA is 
proposing to delete the category of Division 1.1 explosives (as listed 
by DOT) from the list of regulated substances. Regulated flammable 
substances in gasoline used as fuel and in naturally occurring 
hydrocarbon mixtures prior to initial processing are proposed for 
exemption from threshold quantity determinations, and a clarification 
of the provision for threshold determination of flammable substances in 
a mixture is proposed. Modifications to the definition of stationary 
source are proposed to clarify the exemption of transportation and 
storage incident to transportation and to clarify that naturally 
occurring hydrocarbon reservoirs are not stationary sources or parts of 
stationary sources. In addition, EPA is clarifying that the Chemical 
Accident Prevention Provisions do not apply to sources located on the 
Outer Continental Shelf. EPA believes these proposed changes will 
better focus accident prevention activities on stationary sources with 
high hazard operations and reduce duplication with other similar 
requirements.

DATES: Comments. Comments must be submitted on or before May 15, 1996 
unless a hearing is requested by April 25, 1996. If a hearing is 
requested, written comments must be received by May 30, 1996.
    Public Hearing. Anyone requesting a public hearing must contact EPA 
no later than April 25, 1996. If a hearing is held, it will take place 
on April 30, 1996 at 9:30 a.m.

ADDRESSES: Comments. Comments should be mailed or submitted to: 
Environmental Protection Agency, Air Docket (6102), Attn: Docket No. A-
96-O8, Waterside Mall, 401 M St. SW, Washington, DC 20460. Comments 
must be submitted in duplicate. Comments may be submitted on disk in 
WordPerfect or Word formats. If a public hearing is held, written 
testimony should be submitted in duplicate at the time of the hearing.
    Public Hearing. If a public hearing is held, it will be held at 
Waterside Mall, 401 M St. SW, Washington, DC 20460, in the Conference 
Center in a room to be designated. Persons interested in attending the 
hearing or wishing to present oral testimony should notify by telephone 
Vanessa Rodriguez (see For Further Information Contact).
    Docket. The docket for this rulemaking is A-96-O8. This proposed 
rule would amend a final rule, the docket for which is A-91-74. The 
docket may be inspected between 8:00 am and 5:30 pm, Monday through 
Friday at EPA's Air Docket, Room M1500, Waterside Mall, 401 M St. SW, 
Washington, DC 20460; telephone (202) 260-7548. A reasonable fee may be 
charged for copying.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Vanessa Rodriguez, Chemical Engineer, 
Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention Office, Environmental 
Protection Agency, OS-120, 401 M St. SW, Washington, DC 20460, (202) 
260-7913.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Table of Contents

I. Introduction and Background
    A. Statutory Authority
    B. Background
    C. Summary of Final Rule
II. Discussion of Proposed Modifications
    A. Explosives
    B. Regulated Flammable Substances in Gasoline and in Naturally 
Occurring Hydrocarbon Mixtures
    C. Clarification of Threshold Determination for Mixtures 
Containing Flammable Substances
    D. Definition of Stationary Source
    E. Applicability to Outer Continental Shelf
III. Discussion of the Proposed Rule
IV. Required Analyses
    A. E.O. 12866
    B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
    C. Paperwork Reduction Act
    D. Unfunded Mandates

I. Introduction and Background

A. Statutory Authority

    This notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) is being issued under 
sections 112(r) and 301 of the Clean Air Act (Act) as amended (42 
U.S.C. sections 7412(r) and 7601).

B. Background

    The Clean Air Act (CAA or Act), section 112(r), contains 
requirements related to prevention of accidental releases. The goal of 
the accidental release provisions is to prevent accidental releases and 
minimize the consequences of releases by focusing on those chemicals 
and operations that pose the greatest risk. The CAA requires EPA to 
promulgate an initial list of at least 100 substances (``regulated 
substances'') that, in the event of an accidental release, are known to 
cause or may be reasonably expected to cause death, injury, or serious 
adverse effects to human health and the environment. The Act identifies 
16 substances to be included in the initial list. Factors required to 
be considered in listing substances are the severity of acute adverse 
health effects associated with accidental releases of the substance, 
the likelihood of accidental releases of the substance, and the 
potential magnitude of human exposure to accidental releases of the 
substance. The CAA also requires EPA to establish a threshold quantity 
for each chemical at the time of listing. In developing these 
thresholds, factors required to be considered include toxicity, 
reactivity, volatility, dispersibility, combustibility, or flammability 
of the substance and the amount of the substance which is known to 
cause or can be reasonably anticipated to cause death, injury, or 
serious adverse effects in case of a release. Stationary sources that 
have more than a threshold quantity of a regulated substance are 
subject to accident prevention regulations promulgated under CAA 
section 112(r)(7), including the requirement to develop risk management 
plans.
    EPA's final rule on the list of substances and thresholds (59 FR 
4478, January 31, 1994) (the ``List Rule'') promulgated the regulated 
list of substances and thresholds that identify sources subject to the 
accident prevention rules. EPA subsequently sought comment on a 
proposed accident prevention (``risk management program'') rule in two 
notices and intends to promulgate a final rule in late Spring 1996. 
(See 58 FR 54190, October 20, 1993; 60 FR 13526, March 13, 1995.) For 
additional information on the requirements of section 112(r) and 
related statutory provisions, see these notices.

C. Summary of the List Rule

    In the List Rule, EPA promulgated a list that includes 77 acutely 
toxic substances, 63 flammable gases and volatile flammable liquids, 
and Division 1.1 high explosive substances as listed by the United 
States Department of Transportation (DOT) in 49 CFR 172.101. The final 
rule establishes threshold quantities for toxic substances ranging from 
500 to 20,000 pounds. For all listed flammable substances, the 
threshold quantity is 10,000 pounds,

[[Page 16599]]

while all explosive substances have a threshold quantity of 5,000 
pounds. The rule sets forth the procedures for determining whether a 
threshold quantity of a regulated substance is present at a stationary 
source. Specific exemptions for quantities considered in the threshold 
determination are also included for mixtures, articles, and certain 
uses and activities. The rule also specifies the requirements for any 
petitions to the Agency requesting to add substances to, or delete 
substances from, the list.
    The criteria EPA considered in selecting substances for listing 
include severity of acute adverse health effects, likelihood of 
release, and potential magnitude of human exposure. EPA was required to 
set threshold quantities for each regulated substance considering its 
toxicity, reactivity, volatility, dispersibility, and flammability, as 
well as amounts known or anticipated to cause effects of concern.
    EPA selected commercially produced acutely toxic and volatile 
substances mostly from the list of extremely hazardous substances 
(EHSs) under section 302 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-
to-Know Act (EPCRA). EPA chose volatile substances because they are 
more likely to become airborne and impact the public. EPA also 
considered accident history associated with a substance. One substance, 
oleum, was listed because it has a history of accidents that have 
impacted the public. Because vapor cloud explosions and blast waves 
from detonations of high explosives have caused injuries to the public 
and damage to the environment, EPA also included highly flammable gases 
and liquids and high explosives on the list.
    The American Petroleum Institute (API), the Institute of Makers of 
Explosives (IME), and one other party filed petitions for judicial 
review of the List Rule (American Petroleum Institute v. EPA, No. 94-
1273 (D.C. Cir.) and consolidated cases). On March 28, 1996, EPA made 
available for public comment under CAA section 113(g) proposed 
settlement agreements with API and IME (61 FR 13858, March 28, 1996).

II. Discussion of Proposed Modifications

    Following EPA's promulgation of regulated substances and thresholds 
in the List Rule, the petitioners mentioned above and other members of 
the regulated community raised a number of issues concerning the list 
and thresholds. Certain provisions of the List Rule that seemed 
inconsistent with EPA's intent expressed in the preamble or other 
documents supporting the final rule were identified. Additional 
information was also received addressing the concerns that led to the 
regulation. As a result, EPA is proposing the following amendments to 
the final rule: delisting explosives; exempting from threshold 
determination regulated flammable substances in gasoline and in 
naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures prior to initial processing; 
clarifying the provision for threshold determination of flammable 
substances in mixtures to exempt mixtures that do not have a National 
Fire Protection Association (NFPA) flammability hazard rating of 4; 
modifying the definition of stationary source to clarify the exemption 
of transportation and storage incident to transportation and to clarify 
that naturally occurring hydrocarbon reservoirs are not stationary 
sources or parts of stationary sources; and clarifying that the 
chemical accident prevention provisions do not apply to sources located 
on the Outer Continental Shelf (``OCS sources'').

A. Explosives

    In the final rule (59 FR 4478, January 31, 1994), EPA included 
explosives classified by DOT as Class 1, Division 1.1, and listed as 
such in 49 CFR 172.101 (the Hazardous Materials Table) as regulated 
substances with a threshold quantity of 5,000 pounds. Division 1.1 
explosives were listed because of their potential to readily detonate, 
causing offsite impacts. While acknowledging that explosives are 
regulated by a number of other agencies, EPA maintained that public 
safety would be enhanced if additional information about explosives, 
such as hazard assessments, were available to emergency response 
agencies and local emergency planners under section 112(r). EPA's 
primary concern was that there were gaps in the existing regulatory 
framework in the area of communication with emergency responders and 
local planners because existing regulations and programs were not 
comprehensive. EPA noted that public safety would be enhanced by 
additional coordination between facilities handling explosives and the 
local emergency planners and responders.
    Subsequent to promulgation of the List Rule, IME provided EPA with 
additional information about the extent of the regulatory gaps 
discussed above, including coordination with emergency responders. 
After additional review of other federal, state, and local laws and 
regulations for explosives, as well as industry practices for 
explosives manufacturing and storage, EPA has concluded that current 
regulations and current and contemplated industry practices promote 
safety and accident prevention in storage, handling, transportation, 
and use of explosives. As a result, these regulations and practices 
adequately protect the public and the environment from the hazards of 
accidents involving explosives. Explosives are regulated by the Bureau 
of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (BATF), the Mine Safety and Health Act 
(MSHA), the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), the Department 
of Defense (DoD), the Department of Transportation (DOT), and state and 
local agencies. BATF's American Table of Distances (ATD) specifies 
distances for explosive storage from inhabited buildings, public 
highways, and passenger railways; these distances are great enough to 
ensure that an accidental explosion at a site that is in compliance 
with the ATD should not produce blast waves that are hazardous to 
people at distances where the public could be affected (the hazard to 
which the public could be exposed if a site complies with the ATD is 
significantly lower than that which the Agency would be protecting 
against with its listing of Division 1.1 explosives at a 5,000-pound 
threshold). Most facilities that manufacture or store explosives 
already are required to develop emergency response plans and to provide 
local emergency responders with copies of Material Safety Data Sheets 
(MSDSs) or lists of materials with MSDSs, or to advise local emergency 
responders regarding the type, quantity, and location of Division 1.1 
explosives on site.
    EPA's review of existing regulations and current industry practices 
still indicates that public safety would be enhanced if some sites 
handling explosives made additional information about explosives 
available to emergency responders and planners. While EPA does not 
believe there are many sites that are not already coordinating with 
local authorities under other regulatory and voluntary programs, public 
safety would be enhanced if there were additional coordination between 
the remaining facilities handling explosives and the local emergency 
planners and responders. To address the gaps EPA identified, IME has 
developed suggested safety practices that would be adopted in due 
course if EPA provides final consent to the proposed settlement 
agreement. These actions would provide additional information and 
enhance the coordination between explosives facilities and the 
emergency planners and responders. IME member companies would post 
signs at all

[[Page 16600]]

normal access routes stating, ``Danger. Never Fight Explosive Fires. 
Explosives are stored on this site,'' and providing an emergency phone 
number. Whenever a new Division 1.1 commercial explosives storage or 
manufacturing location is established at a temporary job site, IME 
member companies would notify Local Emergency Planning Committees and 
other local authorities (e.g., fire departments and law enforcement 
agencies) of the type, quantity, and location of explosives on site. At 
Division 1.1 commercial explosives storage or manufacturing locations 
with 5,000 pounds or more of Division 1.1 explosives (not including 
temporary job sites) where preparation of emergency response plans is 
not already required, IME member companies would prepare emergency 
response plans, notify Local Emergency Planning Committees and other 
local authorities of the type, quantity, and location of explosives on 
site, provide the emergency response plans to local emergency 
responders, and respond to reasonable requests for information from 
said authorities. IME member companies also would inform their 
customers of the contents of the Settlement Agreement and the actions 
to be taken. IME would respond to reasonable requests from law 
enforcement agencies and emergency responders for information 
concerning the safe storage, distribution, and use of explosives. IME 
also would distribute a letter to other non-IME commercial explosives 
manufacturers, distributors, and users informing them of the Settlement 
Agreement and actions to be taken. The Agency believes these actions 
effectively close the remaining gap in emergency planning and response 
communications, while allowing existing laws to prevail. Therefore, EPA 
is proposing to delist explosives from the list of regulated substances 
under section 112(r). EPA requests comments on whether explosives 
should be delisted.

B. Regulated Flammable Substances in Gasoline and in Naturally 
Occurring Hydrocarbon Mixtures

    In the threshold determination provisions for mixtures containing 
flammable regulated substances, the List Rule provides that such 
mixtures are exempt if the owner or operator can demonstrate that the 
mixture does not meet boiling point or flash point criteria; otherwise, 
the entire mixture is treated as a regulated substance unless another 
exemption applies. The boiling point and flash point are objectively 
determinable and derived from the definition of highly flammable 
liquids and gases, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 
flammability hazard rating of 4. Although EPA did not specifically 
exempt gasoline and naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures (e.g., 
crude oil) from threshold determination, it did not intend the List 
Rule to cover regulated flammable substances in mixtures that do not 
meet the NFPA 4 criteria. Gasoline and crude oil are listed with NFPA 
flammability ratings of 3 in Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable 
Liquids, Gases, and Volatile Solids, NFPA 325M (1991 edition). EPA 
noted in Proposed List of Substances and Threshold for Accidental 
Release Prevention: Summary and Response to Comments (1994) that it 
believed gasoline does not meet the boiling point criterion for 
listing. EPA also noted that it considered unlisted hydrocarbons that 
fail to meet the NFPA 4 criteria to represent a lower priority for 
accident prevention.
    The NFPA criteria contain both the objective elements included in 
EPA's rule as well as certain judgmental criteria. NFPA 4, as defined 
in the NFPA Standard System for the Identification of Fire Hazards of 
Materials, NFPA 704 (1990 edition), includes the following:
    ``Materials that will rapidly or completely vaporize at atmospheric 
pressure and normal ambient temperature, and which will burn readily. 
This degree usually includes:
    Flammable gases;
    Flammable cryogenic materials;
    Any liquid or gaseous material that is liquid while under pressure 
and has a flash point below 73  deg.F (22.8  deg.C) and a boiling point 
below 100  deg.F (37.8  deg.C) (i.e., Class IA flammable liquids);
    Materials that ignite spontaneously in air.''
    Thus, the promulgated threshold determination provision does not 
exempt mixtures that meet the flash point and boiling point criteria, 
but that do not rapidly or completely vaporize and, therefore, are not 
true NFPA 4 mixtures based on the full definition. In particular, 
certain grades of gasoline and some naturally occurring hydrocarbon 
mixtures might be subject to threshold determination under the 
provisions of the final rule, based on the flash point and boiling 
point criteria, even though these mixtures do not meet the judgmental 
criteria of NFPA 4.
    To better reflect EPA's original intent to exempt non-NFPA 4 
mixtures and to clarify the regulatory status of gasoline and naturally 
occurring hydrocarbon mixtures (e.g., crude oil and natural gas 
condensate), EPA is proposing to provide specific exemptions from 
threshold determination for regulated flammable substances in gasoline 
used as fuel for internal combustion engines and for regulated 
substances in naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures prior to initial 
processing in a petroleum refining process unit or a natural gas 
processing plant. Naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures would 
include any or any combination of the following: condensate, crude oil, 
field gas, and produced water. EPA is proposing definitions of these 
substances for inclusion in the rule and is also proposing definitions 
of petroleum refining process unit and natural gas processing plant. 
EPA believes the proposed definitions reflect standard, widely accepted 
meanings of these terms.
    EPA believes gasoline and the naturally occurring hydrocarbon 
mixtures condensate and crude oil, because they contain many non-
volatile components, have low potential for vapor cloud explosions (the 
basis for listing flammable substances under CAA section 112(r)), even 
if, in some cases, they may meet the flash point and boiling point 
criteria cited in the final rule. Produced water in naturally occurring 
hydrocarbon mixtures would likely reduce the flammability and potential 
for vapor cloud explosion of these mixtures. EPA believes field gas, 
prior to initial processing, also has low potential for vapor cloud 
explosions that might have an impact on the public. Exploration and 
production facilities likely do not have many congested areas or 
confined spaces; congested areas or turbulent conditions (in an 
advancing flame front) generally are necessary for a vapor cloud 
explosion to occur. On-site processes are relatively simple, and there 
are unlikely to be many ignition sources. The American Petroleum 
Institute (API) evaluated the potential consequences of releases of 
naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures at oil and gas exploration and 
production facilities, as discussed in Hazard Assessment of Exploration 
and Production Facilities Potentially Subject to the Environmental 
Protection Agency's Risk Management Program Regulations (January 20, 
1995) (see docket), and concluded that hazard distances were generally 
very short for the types of facilities evaluated. Finally, EPA believes 
these explicit, specific, and clear exemptions for gasoline and 
naturally occurring hydrocarbons are useful in addition to revising the 
flammable mixture provision to better reflect NFPA 4, because they 
simplify the task of applying the judgmental criteria of NFPA 4 for 
these pervasive mixtures.

[[Page 16601]]

    As naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures undergo processing in a 
petroleum refining process unit or a natural gas processing plant, the 
potential for a vapor cloud explosion likely increases. The processes 
are more complex, there may be significant on-site congestion from 
buildings and equipment, flammable substance may be stored in large 
quantities, and there may be many ignition sources. The components of 
crude oil and condensates may be separated based on volatility. The 
more volatile mixtures (or purified substances) resulting from such 
processing may meet the criteria for NFPA 4 and, therefore, would need 
to be considered for threshold determination in accordance with the 
provisions for threshold determination of regulated flammable 
substances in mixtures, as discussed in the next section of this 
preamble. Similarly, before gasoline is finally formulated into a fuel 
for internal combustion engines, during processing in a refinery, it 
may meet the criteria for NFPA 4 and, therefore, would need to be 
considered for threshold determination in accordance with the 
provisions for threshold determination of regulated flammable 
substances in mixtures.
    EPA requests comments on the proposed exemption from threshold 
determination for gasoline used as fuel for internal combustion engines 
and specifically requests comments on whether the qualifying phrase, 
``used as fuel for internal combustion engines,'' is a necessary part 
of the exemption. EPA also requests comments on the proposed exemption 
for regulated substances in naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures 
prior to initial processing and on the proposed definitions related to 
the exemption for naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures.

C. Clarification of Threshold Determination of Regulated Flammable 
Substances in Mixtures

    In the final rule, EPA provided flash point and boiling point 
criteria for determining whether a mixture containing a regulated 
flammable substance is subject to threshold determination. Although 
these flash point and boiling point criteria are associated with an 
NFPA rating of 4, the NFPA rating was not specifically cited as a 
criterion. As discussed in the preamble to the List Rule, EPA believes 
that mixtures that do not have an NFPA rating of 4 should not be 
subject to threshold determination. Based on comments from the 
regulated community, EPA now believes the flash point and boiling point 
criteria, although they are part of the criteria for the NFPA 4 rating, 
are not adequate by themselves to identify mixtures with the NFPA 4 
rating. As noted above, the NFPA 4 rating applies to substances that 
will rapidly or completely vaporize at atmospheric pressure and normal 
ambient temperature or that are readily dispersed in air, and that will 
burn readily. Like gasoline and crude oil, which have NFPA 3 ratings 
for flammability, other mixtures may contain low boiling flammable 
components that would cause the mixture to meet the flash point and 
boiling point criteria, but also contain higher boiling components that 
would prevent the mixture from rapidly or completely vaporizing. To 
clarify threshold determination for mixtures, EPA is proposing to 
provide that, for mixtures that have one percent or greater 
concentration of a regulated flammable substance, the entire weight of 
the mixture shall be treated as the regulated substance unless the 
owner or operator can demonstrate that the mixture does not have an 
NFPA flammability hazard rating of 4, as defined in the NFPA Standard 
System for the Identification of Fire Hazards of Materials, NFPA 704-
1990. EPA requests comments on this proposed clarification, which would 
be in addition to the specific exemption proposed for gasoline and 
naturally occurring hydrocarbons.

D. Definition of Stationary Source

    The List Rule defined stationary source to exclude transportation, 
including storage incident to transportation, provided such 
transportation is regulated under 49 CFR parts 192, 193, or 195. In 
addressing issues related to EPCRA, which also excludes transportation 
in commerce for most purposes, EPA has interpreted the transportation 
exclusion to exempt substances being transported in commerce or in 
storage under active shipping papers and to treat as a ``stationary 
item'' any storage in containers not under active shipping papers. In 
the List Rule, EPA referred to DOT pipeline regulations under 49 CFR 
parts 192, 193, and 195, and stated in the Preamble that pipelines, 
transfer stations, and other activities already covered by DOT would be 
excluded. Furthermore, EPA intended to exclude from the definition of 
stationary source all transportation and storage incident to such 
transportation to be consistent with EPCRA. EPA believes the List Rule 
definition of stationary source clearly covers transportation 
containers only when they are no longer in transportation in commerce 
and clearly excludes pipelines as defined by DOT; however, based on 
comments from the regulated community, EPA believes there still may be 
potential for overlap and confusion regarding the jurisdiction and 
regulatory responsibility of EPA and DOT for pipelines and for 
transportation containers at stationary sources.
    The Agency has received questions regarding the language in the 
stationary source definition that refers to ``transportation containers 
no longer under active shipping papers.'' Both EPA and DOT agree this 
term would generally apply to containers that are not in transportation 
in commerce and that are at the stationary source for purposes of 
storage, loading, or unloading that is not incidental to transportation 
in commerce. ``Transportation in commerce'' is defined by DOT pursuant 
to Federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Law (Federal HAZMAT Law, 
49 U.S.C. sections 5107-5127). As a result of continued questions 
regarding the scope of Federal HAZMAT Law and the applicability of the 
regulations issued thereunder, DOT is currently working to better 
delineate and more clearly define the applicability of its regulations. 
DOT currently contemplates clarifying its jurisdiction through the 
rulemaking process. As a result, there may be a future need for EPA to 
further amend the definition of stationary source to better comport 
with DOT clarifications or actions. The Agency will continue to work 
closely with DOT to minimize overlap and confusion with respect to 
jurisdiction and items in transportation and will coordinate with DOT 
to ensure that consistent interpretations about regulations coverage 
are provided to the regulated community.
    EPA is proposing several amendments to the definition of stationary 
source to reflect more clearly EPA's intent. First, EPA is proposing to 
modify the definition of stationary source to clarify that exempt 
transportation shall include, but not be limited to, transportation 
activities subject to regulation or oversight under 49 CFR parts 192, 
193, or 195, as well as transportation subject to natural gas or 
hazardous liquid programs for which a state has in effect a 
certification under 49 U.S.C. section 60105. DOT established safety 
standards for pipeline facilities used in the transportation of natural 
gas by pipeline in 49 CFR part 192, for liquefied natural gas 
facilities in 49 CFR part 193, and for pipeline facilities used in the 
transportation of hazardous liquids by pipeline in 49 CFR part 195. 
State programs with certifications under 49 U.S.C. section 60105 are 
comparable to the DOT

[[Page 16602]]

requirements and thus ensure public safety.
    In addition, EPA is proposing to modify the definition of 
stationary source to clarify that naturally occurring hydrocarbon 
reservoirs are not stationary sources or parts of stationary sources. 
This interpretation is consistent with EPA's policy under EPCRA. API 
concluded in the Hazard Assessment of Exploration and Production 
Facilities Potentially Subject to the Environmental Protection Agency's 
Risk Management Program Regulations (January 20, 1995) that the flow of 
hydrocarbons from reservoirs would not contribute to the magnitude of a 
catastrophic release scenario. This conclusion was based on consequence 
analysis of a range of fire and explosion events, assuming a range of 
handling conditions, types of equipment, and material compositions 
typical of exploration and production facilities. Finally, EPA is 
clarifying that the exemption for transportation containers in 
transportation in commerce or storage incident to such transportation 
is not limited to pipelines. EPA requests comments on these proposed 
revisions to the stationary source definition.

E. Applicability to Outer Continental Shelf

    EPA is proposing an applicability exception for sources on the 
outer continental shelf (OCS sources). Such an exception is consistent 
with CAA section 328, which precludes the applicability of EPA CAA 
rules to such sources when such rules are not related to attaining or 
maintaining ambient air quality standards or to the ``prevention of 
significant deterioration'' provisions of the CAA.

III. Summary of Proposed Revisions to the Rule

    EPA is proposing to amend several sections of part 68 of title 40 
of the Code of Federal Regulations.
    In Sec. 68.3, the definition of stationary source would be revised. 
The revised definition would specifically state that naturally 
occurring hydrocarbon reservoirs are not stationary sources or parts of 
stationary sources. The definition would state that exempt 
transportation shall include, but not be limited to, transportation 
activities subject to regulation or oversight under 49 CFR parts 192, 
193, or 195, as well as transportation subject to natural gas or 
hazardous liquid programs for which a state has in effect a 
certification under 49 U.S.C. section 60105.
    Several new definitions are proposed for Sec. 68.3, for condensate, 
crude oil, field gas, natural gas processing plant, petroleum refining 
process unit, and produced water.
    Section 68.10 is proposed to be amended to clarify that part 68 
does not apply to OCS sources.
    Several revisions are proposed for Sec. 68.115 on threshold 
determination. Section 68.115(b)(2) is proposed to be modified to state 
that the entire weight of the mixture containing a regulated flammable 
substance shall be treated as the regulated substance unless the owner 
or operator can demonstrate that the mixture does not have an NFPA 
flammability hazard rating of 4. Another proposed modification to 
Sec. 68.115(b)(2) would exempt from threshold determination regulated 
flammable substances in gasoline used as fuel in internal combustion 
engines. Regulated substances in naturally occurring hydrocarbon 
mixtures (including condensate, crude oil, field gas, and produced 
water), prior to entry into a natural gas processing plant or a 
petroleum refining process unit, also are proposed to be exempt from 
threshold determination. Section 68.115(b)(3), on concentrations of a 
regulated explosive substance in a mixture, is proposed to be deleted, 
and 68.115(b)(4), 68.115(b)(5), and 68.115(b)(6) would be redesignated 
as 68.115(b)(3), 68.115(b)(4), and 68.115(b)(5).
    Section 68.130 is proposed to be modified by the deletion of (a), 
explosives listed by DOT as Division 1.1. Section 68.130(b) would be 
redesignated as 68.130(a), and 68.130(c) would be 68.130(b).

IV. Required Analyses

A. E.O. 12866

    Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), the 
Agency must judge whether the regulatory action is ``significant,'' and 
therefore subject to OMB review and the requirements of the Executive 
Order. The Order defines ``significant regulatory action'' as one that 
is likely to result in a rule that may:
    (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or 
adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the 
economy, productivity, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, 
or state, local, or tribal government or communities;
    (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an 
action taken or planned by another agency;
    (3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, 
user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients 
thereof; or
    (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal 
mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in 
the Executive Order.
    It has been determined this proposed rule is not a ``significant 
regulatory action'' under the terms of Executive Order 12866 and 
therefore is not subject to OMB review.

B. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    In accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, Federal 
agencies must evaluate the effects of the rule on small entities and 
examine alternatives that may reduce these effects.
    EPA has examined the proposed rule's potential effects on small 
entities as required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act. It has 
determined that this rule will have no adverse effect on small entities 
because it reduces the number of substances that would be used to 
identify stationary sources for regulation and provides exemptions that 
will likely reduce the number of stationary sources subject to the 
accidental release prevention requirements. Therefore, I certify that 
today's proposed rule will not have a significant economic effect on a 
substantial number of small entities.

C. Paperwork Reduction Act

    This proposed rule does not include any information collection 
requirements for OMB to review under the provisions of the Paperwork 
Reduction Act of 1980, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.

D. Unfunded Mandates

    Under section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 
signed into law on March 22, 1995, EPA must prepare a statement to 
accompany any rule where the estimated costs to State, local, or tribal 
governments in the aggregate, or to the private sector, will be $100 
million or more in any one year. Under section 205, EPA must select the 
most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative that achieves the 
objective of the rule and is consistent with statutory requirements. 
Section 203 requires EPA to establish a plan for informing and advising 
any small governments that may be significantly impacted by the rule.
    EPA has estimated that this rule does not include a Federal mandate 
that may result in estimated costs of $100 million or more to either 
State, local, or tribal governments in the aggregate, or to the private 
sector.

List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 68

    Environmental protection, Chemicals, Chemical accident prevention, 
Clean Air Act, Extremely hazardous substances, Incorporation by 
reference, Intergovernmental relations, Hazardous

[[Page 16603]]

substances, Reporting and Recordkeeping requirements.

    Dated: April 5, 1996.
Carol M. Browner,
Administrator.

    For the reasons set out in the preamble, Title 40, Chapter I, 
Subchapter C, Part 68 of the Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to 
be amended as follows:

PART 68--CHEMICAL ACCIDENT PREVENTION PROVISIONS

    1. The authority citation for part 68 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. sections 7412(r), 7601.

Subpart A--General

    2. Section 68.3 is proposed to be amended by adding the following 
definitions in alphabetical order and revising the definition of 
stationary source to read as follows:

Sec. 68.3   Definitions.

* * * * *
    Condensate means hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas that 
condenses due to changes in temperature, pressure, or both, and remains 
liquid at standard conditions.
    Crude oil means any naturally occurring, unrefined petroleum 
liquid.
* * * * *
    Field gas means gas extracted from a production well before the gas 
enters a natural gas processing plant.
    Natural gas processing plant (gas plant) means any processing site 
engaged in the extraction of natural gas liquids from field gas, 
fractionation of mixed natural gas liquids to natural gas products, or 
both. A separator, dehydration unit, heater treater, sweetening unit, 
compressor, or similar equipment shall not be considered a ``processing 
site'' unless such equipment is physically located within a natural gas 
processing plant (gas plant) site.
    Petroleum refining process unit means a process unit used in an 
establishment primarily engaged in petroleum refining as defined in the 
Standard Industrial Classification code for petroleum refining (2911) 
and used for the following: (1) Producing transportation fuels (such as 
gasoline, diesel fuels, and jet fuels), heating fuels (such as 
kerosene, fuel gas distillate, and fuel oils), or lubricants; (2) 
Separating petroleum; or (3) Separating, cracking, reacting, or 
reforming intermediate petroleum streams.
    Examples of such units include, but are not limited to, petroleum-
based solvent units, alkylation units, catalytic hydrotreating, 
catalytic hydrorefining, catalytic hydrocracking, catalytic reforming, 
catalytic cracking, crude distillation, lube oil processing, hydrogen 
production, isomerization, polymerization, thermal processes, and 
blending, sweetening, and treating processes. Petroleum refining 
process units include sulfur plants.
* * * * *
    Produced water means water extracted from the earth from an oil or 
natural gas production well, or that is separated from oil or natural 
gas after extraction.
* * * * *
    Stationary source means any buildings, structures, equipment, 
installations, or substance emitting stationary activities which belong 
to the same industrial group, which are located on one or more 
contiguous properties, which are under the control of the same person 
(or persons under common control), and from which an accidental release 
may occur. A stationary source includes transportation containers that 
are no longer under active shipping papers and transportation 
containers that are connected to equipment at the stationary source for 
the purposes of temporary storage, loading, or unloading. A stationary 
source does not include naturally occurring hydrocarbon reservoirs. The 
term stationary source does not apply to transportation, including 
storage incident to transportation, of any regulated substance or any 
other extremely hazardous substance under the provisions of this part. 
Transportation includes, but is not limited to, transportation subject 
to oversight or regulation under 49 CFR parts 192, 193, or 195, or a 
state natural gas or hazardous liquid program for which the state has 
in effect a certification to DOT under 49 U.S.C. section 60105. 
Properties shall not be considered contiguous solely because of a 
railroad or gas pipeline right-of-way.
    3. Section 68.10, as proposed at 60 FR 13543, is further amended by 
adding a paragraph (e) to read as follows:

Sec. 68.10   Applicability.

* * * * *
    (e) The provisions of this part shall not apply to an Outer 
Continental Shelf (``OCS'') source, as defined in 40 CFR 55.2.

Subpart C--Regulated Substances for Accidental Release Prevention

    4. Section 68.115 is proposed to be amended by revising paragraph 
(b) introductory text and paragraph (b)(2); removing paragraph (b)(3); 
and by redesignating paragraphs (b)(4) as (b)(3), (b)(5) as (b)(4), and 
(b)(6) as (b)(5) to read as follows:

Sec. 68.115   Threshold determination.

* * * * *
    (b) For the purposes of determining whether more than a threshold 
quantity of a regulated substance is present at the stationary source, 
the following exemptions apply:
* * * * *
    (2) Concentrations of a regulated flammable substance in a mixture.
    (i) General provision. If a regulated substance is present in a 
mixture and the concentration of the substance is below one percent by 
weight of the mixture, the mixture need not be considered when 
determining whether more than a threshold quantity of the regulated 
substance is present at the stationary source. Except as provided in 
paragraph (b)(2) (ii) and (iii) of this section, if the concentration 
of the substance is one percent or greater by weight of the mixture, 
then, for purposes of determining whether a threshold quantity is 
present at the stationary source, the entire weight of the mixture 
shall be treated as the regulated substance unless the owner or 
operator can demonstrate that the mixture itself does not have a 
National Fire Protection Association flammability hazard rating of 4. 
The demonstration shall be in accordance with the definition of 
flammability hazard rating 4 in the NFPA 704, Standard System for the 
Identification of the Fire Hazards of Materials, National Fire 
Protection Association, Quincy, MA, 1990. Available from the National 
Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269-
9101. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of 
the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 
51. Copies may be inspected at the Environmental Protection Agency Air 
Docket (6102), Attn: Docket No. A-96-08, Waterside Mall, 401 M. St. 
SW., Washington D.C.; or at the Office of Federal Register at 800 North 
Capitol St., NW, Suite 700, Washington, D.C. (Note: this document will 
only be available for inspection at the Federal Register after this 
action becomes a final rule.) Boiling point and flash point shall be 
defined and determined in accordance with NFPA 321, Standard on the 
Basic Classification of Flammable and Combustible Liquids, National 
Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, 1991. Available from the 
National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 
02269-9101. This

[[Page 16604]]

incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal 
Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies 
may be inspected at the Environmental Protection Agency Air Docket 
(6102), Attn: Docket No. A-96-08, Waterside Mall, 401 M. St. SW., 
Washington D.C.; or at the Office of Federal Register at 800 North 
Capitol St., NW, Suite 700, Washington, D.C. (Note: this document will 
only be available for inspection at the Federal Register after this 
action becomes a final rule.) The owner or operator shall document the 
National Fire Protection Association flammability hazard rating.
    (ii) Gasoline. Regulated substances in gasoline, when in 
distribution or related storage for use as fuel for internal combustion 
engines, need not be considered when determining whether more than a 
threshold quantity is present at a stationary source.
    (iii) Naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures. Prior to entry into 
a natural gas processing plant or a petroleum refining process unit, 
regulated substances in naturally occurring hydrocarbon mixtures need 
not be considered when determining whether more than a threshold 
quantity is present at a stationary source. Naturally occurring 
hydrocarbon mixtures include any combination of the following: 
condensate, crude oil, field gas, and produced water, each as defined 
in Sec. 68.3 of this part.
* * * * *

Sec. 68.130   [Amended]

    5. Section 68.130 is proposed to be amended by removing paragraph 
(a) and redesignating paragraph (b) as (a), and paragraph (c) as (b). 
The tables to the section remain unchanged.

[FR Doc. 96-9095 Filed 4-12-96; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

Complete official Federal Register PDF

Continue your research in ChatGPT or Claude

Connect Omnilex to search the legal corpus from your AI assistant.